10-K 1 plmr-20201231x10k.htm 10-K Merrill Document Readback

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

           ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020

or

            TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ___________ to ___________

Commission File Number: 001-38873

Palomar Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

83-3972551

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

7979 Ivanhoe Avenue, Suite 500

La Jolla, California

92037

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

​ ​(619) 567-5290​ ​

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

PLMR

Nasdaq Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes       No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act. Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes     No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes     No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  

Accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

Emerging growth company 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes     No  

Aggregate market value of shares of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2020 was approximately $2,053,685,544.

Number of shares of the registrant’s common shares outstanding at March 5, 2021: 25,570,868

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2021 annual meeting of stockholders (the "2021 Proxy Statement") are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The 2021 Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

PART I

Item 1.

Business

3

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

27

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

51

Item 2.

Properties

51

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

52

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

52

PART II

Item 5.

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

52

Item 6.

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

53

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

55

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

87

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

89

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

134

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

134

Item 9B.

Other Information

135

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

135

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

135

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

135

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

135

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

135

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

136

Item 16.

Form 10 K Summary

137

2


PART I

Item 1.  Business

Who We Are

We are a rapidly growing and innovative insurer focused on providing specialty insurance to residential and commercial customers. Our underwriting and analytical expertise allow us to concentrate on certain markets that we believe are underserved by other insurance companies, such as the markets for earthquake, hurricane and flood insurance. We use proprietary data analytics and a modern technology platform to offer our customers flexible products with customized and granular pricing for both the admitted and excess and surplus lines (“E&S”) markets.

We provide admitted insurance products through our Oregon domiciled insurance company, Palomar Specialty Insurance Company (“PSIC”), and non-admitted insurance products through our Arizona domiciled surplus lines insurance company, Palomar Excess and Surplus Insurance Company (“PESIC”). We distribute our products through multiple channels, including retail agents, program administrators, wholesale brokers, and partnerships with other insurance companies. Our business strategy is supported by a comprehensive risk transfer program with reinsurance coverage that we believe reduces earnings volatility and provides appropriate levels of protection from catastrophic events. Our management team combines decades of insurance industry experience across specialty underwriting, reinsurance, program administration, distribution, and analytics.

Founded in 2014, we have significantly grown our business and have generated attractive returns. We have organically increased gross written premiums from $16.6 million in our first year of operations to $354.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which reflects a compound annual growth rate of approximately 66%. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we experienced average monthly premium retention rates above 93% for our Residential Earthquake and Hawaii Hurricane lines and approximately 87% overall across all lines of business, providing strong visibility into future revenue.

In February 2014, PSIC was awarded an “A−” rating from A.M. Best Company (“A.M. Best”), a leading rating agency for the insurance industry. An “A−” rating is categorized by A.M. Best as an excellent rating and indicates a stable outlook. In April 2020, A.M. Best affirmed the “A−” rating for PSIC and affirmed our “A−” group rating for Palomar Holdings, Inc. (“PHI”). In July 2020, PESIC was also awarded an “A−” rating by A.M. Best. These ratings reflect A.M. Best’s opinion of our financial strength, operating performance, and ability to meet obligations to policyholders and are not an evaluation directed towards the protection of investors.

We received regulatory approval for PESIC during the second quarter of 2020 and capitalized PESIC with approximately $100 million in initial surplus. PESIC is domiciled in the State of Arizona and licensed in Arizona to transact across all our existing lines of business. We believe that the underwriting acumen and market expertise we have established in the admitted insurance market is also applicable to the non-admitted market (also known as the “surplus lines” or “E&S” market), and that PESIC enables us to serve certain risks that our admitted products cannot currently satisfy. We began writing E&S business on a national basis during the third quarter of 2020.

We believe that our market opportunity, distinctive products, and differentiated business model position us to grow our business profitably.

Our Business

Our management team founded our company to address unmet needs that we perceived to exist in certain specialty insurance markets. These markets have primarily been served by either large generalist insurance companies and state-managed entities applying “one-size-fits-all” pricing and policy forms across broad geographies, or by surplus lines companies. We sell both admitted and surplus lines products. For our admitted products, the rates and policy forms have been approved by the insurance department of each state in which we sell our policies thus providing a further level of security to policyholders through our backing from state guaranty funds. As a result, our admitted products typically charge lower taxes and fees than alternatives sold by surplus lines carriers. We believe that for our personal lines

3


products, both our customers and distribution partners prefer the ease of use and security of admitted products with flexible coverages. As a result of the third quarter 2020 launch of PESIC, our surplus lines insurance company, we also have the ability to write surplus lines policies for risks that our admitted products cannot satisfy. As the E&S market does not involve the same level of regulation and required approvals as the admitted market, PESIC enables us to react quickly to changing market conditions.

We believe that we can generate superior risk-adjusted returns through underwriting which better reflects our customers’ underlying risk by applying a more granular approach to pricing than what is typically offered by standard carriers. We believe this market acceptance and return potential is evidenced by the fact that we have quickly and profitably grown to be the 3rd largest earthquake insurer in the state of California and the 5th largest earthquake insurer in the United States. We continue to experience growth and profitability across our other lines of business.

Our primary lines of business include: Residential Earthquake, Commercial Earthquake, Specialty Homeowners, Commercial All Risk, Hawaii Hurricane, Inland Marine and Residential Flood. We seek to write a diverse mix of business by loss exposure, customer type and geography in order to mitigate the potential impact of any single catastrophe event, reduce our cost of reinsurance, and position us to capitalize on emerging market opportunities. The following table outlines our primary lines of business and the market opportunities that they address:

Risk

    

Opportunity

    

Palomar Lines of Business

Earthquake

     Competitors’ products have limited options and are priced in broad territorial zones.

     Earthquake is an optional coverage that many property owners choose not to purchase due to the high price and limited coverage options.

     Our Residential and Commercial Earthquake products are priced at a granular level and offer flexible product features.

     Our Earthquake products seek to expand the earthquake insurance market by attracting buyers who may not otherwise acquire protection.

     Our Residential products are primarily admitted and backed by state guaranty funds, which we believe makes them easier to sell.

Wind

    We identified specific hurricane-exposed geographic markets in the Southeastern United States with limited homeowners and commercial property insurance product offerings due to the perceived risk of windstorms.

     Our Specialty Homeowners products are offered in markets that we identified through detailed analysis of pricing dynamics and historical loss ratios.

     Our Commercial All Risk products are based on technical analysis (including a proprietary risk pricing methodology) developed to identify a subset of target occupancies that we believe enables us to select and price risk appropriately.

Hawaii Hurricane

     There are a limited number of highly rated insurers writing standalone residential hurricane business in Hawaii.

     Our Hawaii Hurricane products are preferred by local retail agents due to our “A−” rating and our easy to use technology platform.

     Coverage is required for homeowners that carry a mortgage for their homes in the state of Hawaii.

     Coverage is only provided for named hurricanes, which eliminates our exposure to attritional losses.

4


Inland Marine

     Many admitted inland marine carriers avoid markets with perceived exposure to windstorms and earthquakes.

     Our Inland Marine products utilize a technical risk pricing methodology that we believe enables us to select and price risk appropriately.

Residential Flood

     We believe the current private market flood product offerings are scarce and outdated.

     Our primary flood competitor is the National Flood Insurance Program (“NFIP”), which caps dwelling coverage at $250,000 and prices risks using broad territorial zones.

     Our Residential Flood products offer property coverage up to $5 million and price risk at the specific geocode level.

     Our Residential Flood products also provide broader coverage than the NFIP and have a more streamlined approval process with no required elevation certificate or waiting period.

Since our founding, we have made substantial progress diversifying our business by product, market, and geography. In 2014, our first year of operations, all of our premiums were related to earthquake insurance. For the year ended December 31, 2020, 56% of our gross written premiums were related to earthquake insurance. For the same time period, 60% of our gross written premiums were attributable to personal lines and 40% of gross written premiums were attributable to commercial lines business. For the year ended December 31, 2020, non-earthquake related premiums grew 87% while earthquake related premiums grew 18% versus the prior year.

Our principal insurance subsidiary, PSIC, is licensed in 32 states and we have the flexibility to write nationally through our surplus lines subsidiary, PESIC. Currently, California and Texas represent our largest exposures with 49% and 19% of our gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2020, respectively. Our business strategy is to continue diversifying our book of business by extending our geographic reach and expanding our product portfolio. The

5


following charts illustrate our business mix by product, residential versus commercial markets, and geography for the year ended December 31, 2020:

Graphic

Graphic

We employ a highly granular and analytical underwriting process to assess each insurance policy that we write, and we ensure that the risk characteristics of business assumed through our channel partnerships are consistent with our underwriting of direct business. Our systems enable us to underwrite all of our personal lines business automatically within minutes by leveraging our proprietary modeling techniques to analyze data at the geocode or ZIP code level. For example, our 2016 Residential Earthquake rate and policy form filing with the Washington State Office of the Insurance Commissioner has over 20,000 distinct pricing zones that take into account nuanced regional differences in soil types, liquefaction potential and distance from known faults. In contrast, we believe most competing earthquake insurance rate filings in Washington are based on broad territorial pricing zones across the entire state. With our commercial products, we balance automation with human expertise and controls to underwrite more complex risks. Because the data we collect through our underwriting process is highly granular, we are able to utilize detailed portfolio analytics to actively manage aggregation of policies and to ensure an appropriate dispersion of risks across our full portfolio.

6


Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that our competitive strengths include:

Focus on capturing market share and expanding underserved markets. We focus on specialty insurance markets that we believe are underserved, and where we believe we can capture market share and expand the market to new customers. In our target markets, there are few direct competitors who focus exclusively on specialty risks. With our specialized knowledge of these risks and our customized products, pricing and risk management, we believe we can better serve these markets than our competitors. Furthermore, we are able to expand our markets by creating products that attract insureds who previously had not obtained coverage. Our focus and expertise have enabled us to rapidly increase our market share; for example, we have grown to become the 3rd largest earthquake insurer in California and the 5th largest earthquake insurer in the United States. In markets with similar characteristics, we are experiencing growth and profitability across our other lines of business. We believe that our focus on addressing the needs of underserved specialty markets provides us with a competitive advantage.

Differentiated products built with the customer in mind. We have invested significant time and resources into developing what we believe are innovative and unique product offerings to address customer needs within our target markets. Our products generally offer our customers flexible features that are not typical of standard products in our markets. By offering our customers the ability to choose deductibles and other a la carte coverage options, we believe we have created products that are attractive both to those who have existing coverages with our competitors, and to those who have not historically bought insurance in our target markets. Furthermore, since our admitted products have been approved by individual state regulators and have been supported by proprietary pricing models since inception, we believe that these products are not easily replaceable, particularly by existing carriers who would face the burden of gathering data, building new models and revising existing rates and policy forms with regulators. Finally, our policy forms and ratings methodology provide us with significant flexibility to manage coverage options and pricing. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we experienced average monthly premium retention rates above 93% for our Residential Earthquake and Hawaii Hurricane lines and 87% overall across all lines of business, providing strong visibility into future revenue.

Product offerings in both the admitted and surplus lines markets. We believe that our core capabilities can be applied to both the admitted as well as the E&S insurance markets. Admitted products are backed by state guarantee funds and, as a result, are subject to more regulation, as admitted insurance companies must receive approval for rates and policy forms from individual state regulators. Our admitted insurance company subsidiary, PSIC, is licensed to write business in 32 states. We primarily serve the personal lines insurance market through the sale of admitted insurance products as those risks tend to be more homogenous in nature and retail agents prefer the sale of admitted products. For certain risks which our admitted products cannot satisfy, we offer E&S insurance products through our surplus lines insurance company subsidiary, PESIC, which is licensed to do business on a national basis. We primarily serve the commercial lines insurance market through the sale of E&S insurance products as those markets are better suited to the flexibility of rate and form available to E&S carriers. Having surplus lines offerings allows us to react quickly to changing market conditions and to accelerate the expansion of our business nationally as we do not have to go through the process of receiving required approvals from individual state regulators.

Analytically driven, disciplined and scalable underwriting. Our underwriting approach combines decades of specialized underwriting experience of our management team with sophisticated, customized modeling tools we have developed that utilize extensive geospatial and actuarial data across all of our lines of business. Our proprietary models enable automated pricing of risks at the geocode or ZIP code level, in contrast to our competitors who we believe use less granular analytics and more manual underwriting processes. For example, our Residential Flood products underwrite risks at the distinct address level compared to the broader pricing zones of the NFIP product offerings. Our analytical pricing framework is embedded in all facets of our business and is incorporated into our filings, pricing, underwriting and risk management. We believe that our analytically-driven underwriting approach has been the foundation of our ability to generate attractive risk-adjusted underwriting margins.

Multi-channel distribution model. Our open architecture distribution framework allows us to attract and underwrite business from multiple channels. We work with a wide variety of retail agents, program administrators, and

7


wholesale brokers. We serve over twenty insurance companies as a specialty partner either by issuing companion policies or providing reinsurance for their in-force risks that fit our strict underwriting parameters. The breadth and flexibility of our distribution model allows us to generate premium from many different parts of the insurance ecosystem and to rapidly take advantage of changing market conditions.

Sophisticated and conservative risk transfer program. We manage our exposure to catastrophe events through several risk mitigation strategies, including the purchase of reinsurance. We believe that our reinsurance program provides appropriate levels of protection and improves visibility into our earnings. We believe our current reinsurance program provides coverage well in excess of our theoretical losses from any recorded historical event. We regularly model our hypothetical losses from historically significant catastrophes, including the 1906 San Francisco and 1994 Northridge earthquakes. Under our current reinsurance program, should an event equivalent to either of these two events recur, our hypothetical net loss would be capped at $11 million, equivalent to approximately 3.0% of our total stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2020, inclusive of any amounts retained through our Bermuda reinsurance subsidiary. While we select reinsurers whom we believe to have acceptable credit and a minimum A.M. Best rating of “A−”, if our reinsurers are unable to pay the claims for which they are responsible, we ultimately retain primary liability to our policyholders. In addition, at each reinsurance treaty renewal, we consider any plans to change the underlying insurance coverage we offer, our current capital, our risk appetite, and the cost and availability of reinsurance coverage, which may vary from time to time. In addition to the magnitude of coverage, we believe our reinsurance program provides us with significant protection and stability during potential periods of multiple severe catastrophes or market volatility due to our use of aggregate reinsurance protection as well as features such as prepaid reinstatements and expanded coverage windows for catastrophe events and our diverse panel of more than 90 highly rated reinsurers and capital markets investors. Given that our reinsurance purchases are driven primarily by our peak zone earthquake exposure, as we scale and diversify our book of business into uncorrelated geographies and perils, we have been able to secure multi-peril coverage that reduces the cost of reinsurance per dollar of risk.

Emphasis on the use of technology and analytics across our business. As a recently formed insurance company, we have built a proprietary operating platform that employs best practices derived from our management team’s extensive prior experience. Our technology platform is not burdened by outdated legacy technology and process which may be utilized by older insurance companies. In building our platform, we have emphasized automated processes that use granular data and analytics consistently across all aspects of our business. Our internally developed Palomar Automated Submission System (“PASS”) acts as our interface with retail agents and wholesale brokers. PASS serves as the conduit to our policy administration system that integrates policy issuance, underwriting, billing and portfolio analytics. Our platform enables us to rapidly quote and bind policies via automated processing, and also to run detailed risk-management analytics for internal and external constituents including distribution partners, carrier partners and reinsurers. We believe that this real-time access to data and analytics provides us with an advantage in distributing our products, managing our risk, and purchasing reinsurance.

Entrepreneurial and highly experienced management team and board. Our management team is highly qualified, with an average of more than twenty years of relevant experience in insurance, reinsurance and capital markets. We are led by our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mac Armstrong, who prior to founding Palomar was President of Arrowhead General Insurance Agency (“Arrowhead”). Many of our management team members such as Mr. Armstrong, Heath Fisher, our President and Co-Founder, and Chris Uchida, our Chief Financial Officer, have a long history of working together. For example, while at Arrowhead, Mac Armstrong worked closely with Chris Uchida, who served as Executive Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of Arrowhead. As owners of approximately 4.6% of our outstanding common stock as of December 31, 2020, we believe our management team has closely aligned interests with our stockholders. Additionally, our Board of Directors is comprised of accomplished industry veterans who bring decades of experience from their prior roles working in insurance and financial services companies.

8


Our Strategy

We believe that our approach to our business will allow us to achieve our goals of both growing our business and generating attractive returns. Our strategy involves:

Expand our presence in existing markets. We primarily compete in lines of business and states that represented over $55 billion in total written premiums during 2019. By comparison, we generated $354.4 million of gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2020. We believe that our differentiated product offerings will enable us to continue growing in our existing markets by (i) gaining market share from competitors who have less flexible product offerings; (ii) continuing to expand our strong distribution network; and (iii) increasing the total addressable market by providing attractive products to customers who previously elected not to purchase coverage.

Extend our geographic reach and product portfolio. Our admitted insurance company, PSIC, is licensed in 32 states that represented over $43 billion in total written premiums in our primary lines of business during 2019, while our E&S company competes in lines of business and states that represented an additional $12 billion in total E&S written premiums during 2019. We continue to evaluate additional geographic markets and lines of business where we believe we can generate attractive risk-adjusted returns by harnessing our core competencies.

Maintain our distinctive combination of profitability and growth. Our analytically informed risk selection and disciplined underwriting guidelines enable us to identify segments of the market that are both underserved and mispriced. As a result, we are able to generate an attractive underwriting profit through expanding the addressable market and winning market share with our distinctive products. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, our adjusted return on equity was 3.0% and 24.1%, respectively, with our results for the most recent year reflecting profitability in spite of losses sustained by several severe weather events. Additionally, we will look to achieve industry leading combined ratios to ensure we are achieving attractive risk-adjusted returns. As we seek premium growth, we intend to remain disciplined in our pricing, underwriting, and risk management processes, including closely managing our net probable maximum loss (“PML”), average annual loss (“AAL”), and spread of risk. We will remain focused on lines of business with attractive pricing dynamics and a favorable risk / return profile, and we will not participate in markets where we believe our business model cannot add incremental value.

Maintain a diversified book of business. We currently write a book comprised primarily of specialty insurance that is diversified by underlying loss exposure, customer type and geography. Our major product lines and exposures are uncorrelated, such that events contributing to a loss in one line of business are unlikely to generate material losses in our other lines of business. The diversification of our book of business improves our risk-adjusted returns, reduces our reinsurance cost per dollar of premium, insulates us from swings in any single insurance or reinsurance market, and allows us to capitalize on market shifts opportunistically. As we grow, we intend to maintain a diversified book of business to continue to capitalize on these advantages.

Pursue new opportunities via our surplus lines company. Our surplus lines company, PESIC, began writing business in the third quarter of 2020. Our current strategy with our surplus lines company primarily involves addressing segments of our core markets, such as commercial lines insurance, where the flexibility of premium rates and forms is better suited to the market. Our surplus lines company is licensed to write on a national basis and we intend to use it to grow our national footprint including through partnerships with program administrators that target national account business.

Leverage our underwriting, analytics, and risk transfer acumen to generate fee income. We generate fee income by underwriting on behalf of other insurance companies and through the use of quota share reinsurance treaties whereby third party reinsurers pay us a ceding commission in order to access attractive pools of risk. Our multi-channel distribution model produces attractive business that we aim to translate into a balanced mix of underwriting and fee income. As a result, we have an increasing number of partnerships where we write policies on behalf of other insurance and reinsurance companies who pay us a ceding commission to access the business. We believe these partnerships are an important validation of the intellectual property and expertise we have developed, and that this strategy enables us to scale our business more quickly and profitably and provides a growing and valuable fee stream to complement our profitable underwriting operations.

9


Continue to purchase conservative reinsurance coverage, while optimizing for risk-adjusted returns. We believe that protecting our earnings and balance sheet through the use of reinsurance is critical to our business and supports our ability to meet obligations to our policyholders and other constituents, and generate strong returns for our stockholders. We plan to maintain a conservative, robust reinsurance program to help ensure that we are adequately protected against potential severe or frequent catastrophe losses. Our goal is to protect our earnings by constructing a reinsurance program that mitigates losses and ensures profitability in spite of potential catastrophic activity. As we grow, we expect that we will benefit from increased scale and diversification of risk in our business, and we plan to optimize our reinsurance program continuously by adjusting terms, structure, pricing, and participants in an effort to maximize our risk-adjusted returns.

Strengthen and harness our strong and growing capital base. The markets we currently serve are capital intensive, and as a recently established entrant, we compete with larger, more longstanding insurers. Nevertheless, we were awarded an “A−” (Excellent) (Outlook Stable) rating from A.M. Best at our formation, which we believe has been a source of competitive differentiation in certain markets where we operate. As we continue to demonstrate profitable operations and generate additional equity, we believe we will have access to more distribution sources, particularly in commercial lines insurance, that may have been reluctant to refer business to us earlier in our operating history.

Continue to invest in proprietary technology assets that deepen our competitive advantage. We believe that the success of our business is centered upon our relentless commitment to apply technology to improve our business. For example, we have dedicated software developers focused on building application programming interfaces (“APIs”), which enable seamless integration into the point of sale systems of our partner carriers and distribution partners. This integration increases the ease of use for our partners, embeds us within their systems, and facilitates real-time sharing of information between our distribution, underwriting, and risk management functions. We will continue to evaluate and invest in proprietary and third-party technology assets, which deepen our competitive advantage, strengthen our operations and improve our returns.

History

We are an insurance holding company that was originally incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands in October 2013. In March 2019, we (i) implemented a domestication pursuant to Section 388 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and became a Delaware corporation. We were initially capitalized by Genstar capital (“Genstar”), a private equity firm with a focus on the financial services sector, as well as our management team. After our April 2019 initial public offering (“IPO”), Genstar gradually exited its ownership interest in us. As of June 30 2020, Genstar no longer held any ownership interest in us.

Our primary operating subsidiary, PSIC, is an insurance company domiciled in the state of Oregon and is an admitted insurer licensed to write business in 32 states as of December 31, 2020. PSIC was formed in February 2014. In August 2014, we incorporated Palomar Specialty Reinsurance Company Bermuda Ltd.(“PSRE”), a Bermuda-based reinsurance subsidiary that provides reinsurance support exclusively to PSIC. In August 2015, we incorporated Prospect General Insurance Agency, Inc. (“PGIA”), formed to underwrite specialty insurance products on behalf of third-party insurance companies. During 2020, we received regulatory approval for and capitalized PESIC with approximately $100 million in initial surplus. PESIC is domiciled in the State of Arizona and licensed in Arizona to write surplus lines business on a nationwide basis across all our existing lines of business.

10


Our Structure

Our entities are structured are follows:

Graphic

Our Products

We provide personal and commercial specialty insurance products in our target markets. With the goal of giving customers better options, we designed an analytical framework to create flexible, admitted products with innovative coverages and pricing that we believe better reflects the underlying risk. Using this framework, we initially introduced residential and commercial earthquake products in 2014 and have subsequently expanded our product portfolio to cover multiple specialty risks in several regions of the United States. We have grown our business by entering markets that demonstrated one or more of the following attributes: (i) have loss characteristics, including limited attritional losses, similar to our initial earthquake product, (ii) can benefit from our technology platform, data analytics and customer centric products, and/or (iii) allow us to leverage our existing underwriting talent, reinsurance expertise and/or distribution relationships.

Our primary insurance products include Residential and Commercial Earthquake, Commercial All Risk, Specialty Homeowners, Inland Marine, Hawaii Hurricane and Residential Flood. We aim to develop a diversified portfolio with exposure spread across geographic regions with limited correlation. Our largest exposure remains in the state of California and we have expanded to address regions including the New Madrid Seismic zone in the Midwestern United States, wind-exposed markets in the southeastern United States and in the state of Hawaii. We tailor our risk participation to optimize our returns depending on the conditions of specific markets. In total, we are licensed as an admitted insurer in 32 total states.

11


The following table shows our gross written premium by state for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

Year Ended December 31, 

 

2020

2019

 

2018

    

($ in thousands)

 

% of

% of

% of

Amount

GWP

Amount

GWP

Amount

GWP

 

State

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

California

$

172,765

 

48.8

%  

$

141,743

 

56.3

%  

$

82,119

 

53.0

%

Texas

 

67,974

 

19.2

%  

 

44,087

 

17.5

%  

 

32,568

21.0

%

Hawaii

 

16,398

 

4.6

%  

 

11,851

 

4.7

%  

 

8,128

5.2

%

Washington

 

14,328

 

4.0

%  

 

9,607

 

3.8

%  

 

5,658

3.7

%

North Carolina

 

11,143

 

3.1

%  

 

3,894

 

1.5

%  

 

1,568

1.0

%

Oregon

 

10,038

 

2.8

%  

 

7,396

 

2.9

%  

 

5,286

3.4

%

South Carolina

 

9,196

 

2.6

%  

 

6,185

 

2.5

%

 

3,208

2.1

%

Mississippi

 

7,461

 

2.1

%  

 

4,769

 

1.9

%  

 

2,585

1.7

%

All other states

 

45,057

 

12.8

%  

 

22,429

 

8.9

%  

 

13,771

8.9

%

Total Gross Written Premiums

$

354,360

 

100.0

%  

$

251,961

 

100.0

%  

$

154,891

 

100.0

%

We believe that maintaining a balanced book of personal and commercial lines business is beneficial. For example, while our Residential Earthquake products experience higher premium retention rates, our Commercial Earthquake products provide more flexibility on pricing, which enables us to increase premium rates more quickly when market conditions accommodate price increases. For the year ended December 31, 2020, 60% of our gross written premium consisted of personal lines business and 40% of gross written premium consisted of commercial lines business, compared to 71% personal lines business and 29% commercial lines business during the year ended December 31, 2019. The following table shows gross written premium (“GWP”) by product line for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

Year Ended December 31, 

 

2020

2019

 

2018

 

($ in thousands)

 

% of

% of

 

% of

 

Amount

GWP

Amount

GWP

 

Amount

GWP

 

Product

    

  

    

  

    

  

    

  

  

    

  

Residential Earthquake

$

140,934

39.8

%  

$

130,473

51.8

%

$

81,679

52.7

%

Commercial Earthquake

 

58,890

16.6

%  

 

38,741

15.4

%

 

20,946

13.5

%

Commercial All Risk

 

53,933

15.2

%  

 

30,358

12.0

%

 

14,338

9.3

%

Specialty Homeowners

 

49,849

14.1

%  

 

32,788

13.0

%

 

27,680

17.9

%

Inland Marine

 

15,423

4.3

%  

 

2,465

1.0

%

 

%

Hawaii Hurricane

13,824

3.9

10,764

4.3

8,128

5.2

Residential Flood

 

8,176

2.3

%  

 

5,216

2.1

%

 

2,120

1.4

%

Other

13,331

3.8

%  

1,156

0.4

%

%

Total Gross Written Premiums

$

354,360

 

100.0

%  

$

251,961

 

100.0

%

$

154,891

 

100.0

%

Premium Retention Rates

Our products demonstrate strong renewal rate trends, which we believe are an indication of the distinctive value we provide to insureds and which provide visibility into future earned premium.

12


The following table shows our renewal retention by product for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

Year Ended

 

December 31, 

 

    

2020

    

2019

 

Average monthly premium retention by product:

 

  

 

  

Residential Earthquake

 

93

%  

94

%

Commercial Earthquake

 

83

%  

85

%

Commercial All Risk

 

87

%  

89

%

Specialty Homeowners

 

79

%  

74

%

Hawaii Hurricane

 

97

%  

97

%

Residential Flood

 

89

%  

89

%


Residential Earthquake

We offer Residential Earthquake products in 17 states on an admitted basis and nationwide on an E&S basis. Our products insure against damage to the home, contents and any appurtenant structures, and reimburse for temporary housing costs in the event of an earthquake. We design our products to provide agents and policyholders with coverage flexibility, including a full range of deductible options and the ability to tailor limits to a customer’s individual preferences. We aim to sell our products to buyers who may not have previously purchased earthquake coverage. We believe that our pricing model is a distinctive feature of our product offering. Using data from industry-leading catastrophe models we are able to evaluate and accurately price exposures at the ZIP code or geocode level based on characteristics particular to the risk. For example, we believe competing earthquake insurance products in California are commonly based on broad territorial pricing zones that do not take into account regional differences in soil types, liquefaction potential and include little price differentiation between risks with varying proximity to known faults. Our ability to divide geographies into highly resolute grids, or ZIP codes, and price according to more detailed information relating to the exposure allows us to obtain a more appropriate rate for the risk, and often allows us to offer rate relief, particularly in low risk areas that historically have low earthquake insurance penetration. We write policy limits up to $15 million; all policies involve automated underwriting and lower limit policies are issued via automated processing.

Commercial Earthquake

We offer Commercial Earthquake products, commonly known as “Difference in Conditions” policies, in 16 states on both an admitted and E&S basis. Our Commercial Earthquake products focus on providing coverage for benign commercial risks where the business interruption exposure is typically less than 15% of the total insured value (“TIV”). We attempt to avoid risks where the contents are hard to value or represent a disproportionate percentage of the value. We write policy limits up to $25 million with the ability to serve larger accounts through the use of facultative reinsurance.

Commercial All Risk

We offer Commercial All Risk insurance on a surplus lines basis nationwide and, prior to the fourth quarter of 2020, on an admitted basis in Alabama, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Texas. The All Risk policy covers the perils of fire and wind, with wind including hurricane, tornado, and hail storm. For additional premium, the policy can include the peril of earthquake. We believe we occupy a unique position in the market given our ability to generate location level pricing informed by windstorm exposure. We target occupancy types including homeowner’s associations, retail stores, hotels, motels and office buildings.

Specialty Homeowners

Our Specialty Homeowners product provides admitted insurance coverage to homeowners in wind-exposed coastal regions. We sell homeowners coverage through our distribution partners in certain counties in Alabama, Louisiana, Mississippi, New Jersey, North Carolina, South Carolina, Rhode Island, and Texas. We believe that the homeowners insurance market on a national level is highly competitive but that there are specific geographic markets

13


with attractive return potential that many insurance companies avoid due to windstorm exposure. For example, our Texas program focuses on counties that face lower frequency windstorm exposure rather than higher frequency exposure to tornado and hail perils experienced by inland counties. Similarly, our programs in Alabama, Mississippi and North Carolina target newer construction in areas no closer than a quarter mile from the coast, which we believe optimizes the catastrophe premium we are able to price into the risk while minimizing the relative exposure.

Hawaii Hurricane

We offer admitted residential property coverage for named hurricanes in the state of Hawaii. This is a required coverage for homeowners that carry a mortgage on their properties in the state. Similar to our residential earthquake product, insureds have the ability to tailor limits to their preferences. The policies we write only trigger coverage if wind damage occurs while the insured risk is in a county that is under a hurricane watch or warning as deemed by the Pacific division of the National Weather Service. Coverage only remains in effect for a period of 72 hours after the hurricane watch or warning expires. Therefore, there is no exposure to attritional losses with this product. We believe our products are preferred by local retail agents due to our “A−” (Excellent) (Outlook Stable) rating by A.M. Best. We write policy limits up to $15 million; all policies involve automated underwriting and policies under $5 million in limit are issued via automated processing.

Inland Marine

Our Inland Marine division currently offers Builder’s Risk, Contractor’s Equipment, Motor Truck Cargo, and Miscellaneous Floaters coverage on an admitted and E&S basis. Our Builder’s Risk policy covers buildings under construction against the perils of fire and wind, with wind including hurricane, tornado, and hail storm. For additional premium the policy can include the peril of earthquake. We write policy limits up to $10 million for various construction and occupancy types. Our Contractor’s Equipment policy covers owned, rented, and employee tools on a single policy and offers policy limits up to $500 thousand for any single piece of equipment. Our Motor Truck Cargo policy is designed for intermediate and long-haul carriers with coverage extending to full and half loads as well as coverage for property at terminals in transit. We write policy limits up to $500 thousand for any single loss. Our Miscellaneous Floaters policy covers personal property and equipment that can be either stationary or in transit but excludes contractor’s equipment. We write policy limits up to $500 thousand for any single item.

Residential Flood

We provide admitted residential flood products under the Flood Guard brand in 11 states across the United States. Our products primarily compete against those of the NFIP, which caps dwelling coverage at $250,000 and prices risk using broadly defined zones. We offer higher limits than the NFIP and price risk at the specific geocode level having developed detailed granular models of all current markets in partnership with a leading national catastrophe modeling agency. Furthermore, due to our proprietary pricing grid models we eliminate the need for a waiting period or an elevation certificate prior to binding and issuance of policies. We write policy limits up to $5 million, all of which involve automated underwriting and are issued via automated processing.

Other

We continue to develop product offerings for lines of business that harness our core competencies and where we believe we can generate attractive risk-adjusted returns. Additional product offerings we have developed include: Assumed Reinsurance, Commercial Flood, Real Estate Errors & Omissions and Real Estate Investors. We believe these product offerings share the same attributes as our existing markets and offer a similar opportunity to generate profitable underwriting revenue.

14


Marketing and Distribution

We market and distribute our products through a multi-channel, open architecture distribution model which includes retail agents, wholesale brokers, program administrators and carrier partnerships. We have well-defined underwriting criteria and have designed our distribution model to access our targeted risks through what we believe to be the most efficient channels.

Retail Agents: We primarily distribute our personal lines products through retail agents. We believe that retail agents are an important pillar of our distribution model due to the high retention rates and rate stability that we are able to achieve with policies sold through this channel. We believe this outcome is a result of the distinctive offering we provide agents with flexible products that are preferred by end consumers and are easier for agents to sell. In many cases, we provide agents with direct access to our policy management system that enables them to quote, bind and issue policies in a matter of minutes. We believe this ease of use and quick speed-to-quote serves as a competitive advantage.

Wholesale Brokers: We distribute our commercial lines products primarily through wholesale brokers. Wholesale brokers are an important channel for commercial property insurance products as they control much of the premium in these segments. We select wholesale brokers based on our management’s review of their experience, knowledge and business plan. We target brokers with the experience to serve our target markets and with business plans consistent with our strategy and underwriting objectives. Brokers must demonstrate an ability to produce both the quality and quantity of business that we seek. To assist with this goal, our underwriters regularly visit with brokers to market and discuss the products we offer. We terminate brokers who are unable to produce consistently profitable business or who produce unacceptably low volumes of business.

Program Administrators: Within select lines of business, we partner with program administrators in order to harness the efficiency and scale of their existing marketing and distribution infrastructures. Generally, all policies bound by our program administrators are pre-underwritten using our pricing models which have been programmed into the policy administration system of each partner. For business that is not automatically underwritten, we set strict underwriting guidelines to which our partners must adhere. We audit the underwriting, systems, financial strength and reporting capabilities of all of our program administrators on a regular basis. Most notably, for our Value Select Residential Earthquake products, we have a mutually exclusive program administrator agreement with Arrowhead for the states of California, Oregon and Washington. Under this agreement, which accounts for $110.1 million of our gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2020, we conduct product development and underwriting while our program administrator manages a base of over 1,000 retail agents who individually bind policies through PASS or an internal system which automatically applies our pricing and underwriting guidelines to new policies, and is subjected to our disciplined risk management. The fees payable by us to Arrowhead under the agreement are based upon our premiums written in each state. The agreement remains in effect until terminated by either party upon 180 days’ prior written notice to the other party for cause. In addition, our Specialty Homeowner products are sold through program administrators with local expertise in their respective markets and that participate in the economics of produced business through risk sharing agreements, which we believe strengthens the alignment of interests toward generating underwriting profit. Finally, we have partnered with several program administrators that focus on specific areas of the E&S market as we pursue the growth of PESIC, our surplus lines insurance carrier.

Carrier Partnerships: Given our unique specialty focus and underwriting expertise, we are a carrier of choice for other insurance companies seeking a specialty insurance partner in order to transfer certain classes of risk, satisfy insurance department mandatory offer requirements or provide a more comprehensive risk solution to their customers. As of December 31, 2020, we had partnerships with over twenty insurance companies. Several carriers invite us to provide a companion offer for residential earthquake insurance alongside their homeowners’ insurance policy offerings. Other carriers will direct their captive agents to our online system so that they may quote, bind and issue policies directly. Finally, we offer assumed reinsurance arrangements to carriers whereby we assume up to 100% of the underlying risk for specific classes of business, typically Residential Earthquake, in exchange for a ceding commission. Our assumed reinsurance treaties represent risks that we would ordinarily underwrite on a primary basis and that fit well within our risk tolerance, however, the cedant either (i) has already written these policies or (ii) the cedant wants to issue the policies on their paper but not retain any of the risk and as such prefers an assumed reinsurance partnership. We believe that our carrier partnerships with sophisticated industry participants speak to the value and quality of our

15


products, service offering and systems. Furthermore, carrier partnerships are a highly scalable distribution model as they enable us to tap into a sizable customer base and to quickly build scale in new markets. With all partnerships, we review pricing at the policy level to ensure that the risk characteristics of both new and assumed business are consistent with our underwriting of direct business. We intend to pursue additional carrier partnerships in the future including those that involve PESIC, our E&S company.

Underwriting

Our underwriting team combines comprehensive data analysis with experienced underwriting techniques to build a profitable, stable and diversified book of business. Our underwriting process involves securing an adequate level of underwriting information, classifying and evaluating each individual risk exposure, assessing the impact of the risk upon our existing portfolio, and pricing the risk accordingly. Our overarching underwriting philosophy is ‘to write what we know’; therefore, our underwriters tend to avoid exposures that are overly complex or cannot easily be recognized from a photograph. This straightforward approach allows our underwriters to focus on business they understand and can process quickly without sacrificing diligence and attention to detail.

We develop our underwriting guidelines and pricing models through traditional underwriting metrics, management experience, and advanced data analytics that allow us to assess information about construction type, contingent exposure, location, occupancy type and size and granularly rate exposure at the ZIP code or geocode level. We access data for our pricing models provided from multiple leading risk modeling vendors, and use our information from proprietary extensions of catastrophe models to assist in evaluating soil types, proximity to faults, and loss estimates in the form of modeled marginal impact, AAL and PML. This analytical underwriting framework enables us to offer rate relief in low risk areas and to accurately price locations that are at higher risk.

Personal lines policies are issued via automated underwriting and account for approximately 60% of our gross written premium for the year ended December 31, 2020. Using our predefined underwriting guidelines, distribution partners can rapidly quote and bind accounts lower in limit via automated processing. We believe that automated underwriting of personal lines policies improves efficiency, reduces errors, and enhances the customer experience.

Since commercial lines risks involve additional complexity and do not lend themselves to highly automated underwriting, we use our customized operating platform to evaluate individual risk and to quote business efficiently. We regularly audit data gathered during our underwriting process to determine the accuracy of rating information and risk pricing. For example, we often inspect properties as part of our underwriting process to discover any unrepaired damage and identify any other conditions that affect the insurability of the property. Additionally, we continue to assess the use of new technology enabled tools to assist us with inspections and other components of the underwriting process.

Ongoing risk management of our portfolio in aggregate is a critical component of our underwriting process. We use third-party catastrophe modeling software to evaluate our ongoing risk exposure. We regularly review the output of these models to evaluate the geographic spread of our risk, including the evaluation of AAL and PML by line of business and for the portfolio as a whole. This review enables us to monitor our exposure to correlated risks and optimize the design and pricing of our reinsurance program including the purchase of appropriate reinsurance coverage.

Claims Management

Given the low frequency nature of the primary perils that we insure, we outsource our claims handling infrastructure to third-party administrators (“TPAs”) to eliminate the expense associated with maintaining full time dedicated claims personnel. We currently contract with multiple TPAs to reduce our reliance on any single TPA, as well as to benefit from expertise of individual vendors in specific lines of business. Our management team, led by our Senior Vice President of Legal, Compliance and Claims, is responsible for overseeing our TPAs, including the management of loss reserves, event preparation, settlement, arbitration, and mediation. Claims are reported directly to us and the applicable TPA, which adheres to agreed upon service level standards.

In the case of a catastrophe event, our technology infrastructure and data analytics enable us to identify potentially affected policies immediately and begin assisting our customers by notifying our TPAs, our reinsurance

16


partners and other potentially impacted parties. A network of TPAs improves our ability to mobilize claims adjusters immediately to the areas where our customers are most affected and helps insulate us from the “demand surge” following a catastrophe event. In order to prepare for a potential catastrophe event, we run simulations and work closely with our TPAs to ensure there are dedicated desk and field adjusters to handle the volume of claims that would be expected in each loss scenario. Using each earthquake and hurricane scenario, we project losses and identify an individualized and optimal catastrophe response plan for each event.

We review claims files and claims reports from our TPAs for accuracy and reasonableness on an ongoing basis. We review all claims received from our TPAs to validate coverage, limits, and deductibles prior to making payment. Additionally, we have certain managerial requirements of our TPAs around notification, reserve approval, payment management, correspondence with insureds, and reports for all claims in excess of the claims analyst’s authority. We also monitor possible litigation and litigation trends associated with our claims.

Reinsurance

We purchase a significant amount of reinsurance from third parties that we believe enhances our business by reducing our exposure to potential catastrophe losses, limiting volatility in our underwriting performance, and providing us with greater visibility into our future earnings. Reinsurance involves transferring, or ceding, a portion of our risk exposure on policies that we write to another insurer, the reinsurer, in exchange for a premium. To the extent that our reinsurers are unable to meet the obligations they assume under our reinsurance agreements, we remain liable for the entire insured loss; see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—We may be unable to purchase third-party reinsurance or otherwise expand our catastrophe coverage in amounts we desire on commercially acceptable terms or on terms that adequately protect us, and this inability may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

We use treaty reinsurance and, on a limited basis, facultative reinsurance coverage. Treaty coverage refers to a reinsurance contract that is applied to a group or class of business where all the risks written meet the criteria for that class. Our treaty reinsurance program primarily consists of catastrophe XOL, in which the reinsurer(s) agree to assume all or a portion of the ceding company’s losses relating to a group of policies occurring in relation to specified events, subject to customary exclusions, in excess of a specified amount. Additionally, we buy program specific reinsurance coverage for specific lines of business on a quota share, property per risk or a facultative basis. In quota share reinsurance, the reinsurer agrees to assume a specified percentage of the ceding company’s losses arising out of a defined class of business in exchange for a corresponding percentage of premiums, net of a ceding commission. Property per risk coverage is similar to catastrophe excess of loss except that the treaty applies in individual property losses rather than in the aggregate for all claims associated with a single catastrophic loss occurrence. Facultative coverage refers to a reinsurance contract on individual risks as opposed to a group or class of business. We use facultative reinsurance selectively to supplement limits or to cover risks or perils excluded from other reinsurance contracts.

We have a robust program utilizing a mix of traditional reinsurers and insurance linked securities. We currently purchase reinsurance from over 90 reinsurers, who either have an “A−” (Excellent) (Outlook Stable) or better financial strength rating by A.M. Best or post collateral. Our reinsurance contracts include special termination provisions that allow us to cancel and replace any participating reinsurer that is downgraded below a rating of “A−” (Excellent) (Outlook Stable) from A.M. Best, or whose surplus drops by more than 20%. In addition to limit purchased from traditional reinsurers, we have historically incorporated collateralized protection from the insurance linked securities (“ILS”) market. In May 2017, we closed a $166 million 144A catastrophe bond offering completed through Torrey Pines Re Ltd., a special purpose insurer in Bermuda, that provided fully collateralized protection over a three-year risk period, ending in May 2020. We may seek to expand our catastrophe XOL coverage through similar bond offerings in the future.

17


Our largest single XOL reinsurer comprises 5.4% of the total catastrophe XOL reinsurance limit we have in effect. The table below reflects the ratings of our largest individual reinsurers.

Reinsurer Ratings

    

A.M Best

    

S&P

Vermeer Reinsurance Ltd (RenaissanceRe Holdings Ltd.)

 

A+

 

NR

Houston Casualty Company- UK Branch (Tokio Marine Holdings, Inc.)

 

A++

 

AA-

Lloyd's # 1084 - Chaucer Syndicates Ltd (China Reinsurance Corp.)

 

A

 

A+

Fidelis Insurance Bermuda Limited

 

A-

 

A-

Lancashire Insurance Company Ltd

 

A

 

A-

Elementum Re Ltd. fronted by Allianz Risk Transfer

 

A+

 

AA-

Fidelis Underwriting Ltd

 

A-

 

A-

Axis Specialty Limited

 

A+

 

A+

Peak Reinsurance Company Ltd

 

A-

 

NR

Munich Reinsurance America, Inc.

 

A+

 

AA-

Catastrophe XOL Reinsurance Coverage

Our catastrophe event retention is currently $10 million for all perils and we retain $1 million as a vertical co-participation in selected layers of our reinsurance program that we believe present a compelling risk adjusted return. Our reinsurance coverage exhausts at $1.4 billion for earthquake events and $600 million for hurricane events, providing coverage in excess of our 1:250 year peak zone PML and in excess of our A.M. Best requirement. In addition, we maintain reinsurance coverage equivalent to or better than the 1 in 250 year PML for our other lines. As of December 31, 2020, our first event retention represented approximately 3.0% of our stockholders’ equity.

In the event that multiple catastrophe events occur in a period, many of our contracts include the right to reinstate reinsurance limits for potential future recoveries during the same contract year and preserve our limit for subsequent events. This feature for subsequent event coverage is known as a “reinstatement.” In addition, to provide further coverage against the potential for frequent catastrophe events we have secured $25 million of aggregate XOL reinsurance limit effective April 1, 2021. This coverage, applying within our per occurrence retention, has an attachment point of $30 million and applies across all perils including but not limited to earthquakes, hurricanes, convective storms, and floods above a qualifying level of $2.0 million in ultimate gross loss.

To assess the sufficiency of our catastrophe XOL reinsurance coverage, we continuously quantify our exposure to catastrophes including earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes and hail storms. We evaluate and monitor the total policy limit insured for each peril and in each geographic region, and we use third-party catastrophe models to evaluate the AAL as well as the estimated PML at various intervals. Our PML modeling is consistent with standards established by A.M. Best and includes “demand surge,” and loss amplification. To protect against model bias, we perform probabilistic modeling as well as deterministic modeling using a variety of industry models including AIR Touchstone for all perils and regions and RMS RiskLink for all perils and regions.

18


We believe our current reinsurance program provides coverage well in excess of our theoretical losses from any recorded historical event. This coverage includes events such as the 1906 San Francisco and 1994 Northridge earthquakes. Under our current reinsurance program, because the PML for each of the historical events is less than $1.4 billion, the amount covered by our current reinsurance program, should an event equivalent to either of these two events or other historical events recur, our hypothetical net loss would be capped at our current net retention of $11 million as demonstrated in the following table:

    

12/31/20

Historical Event

modeled PML

($ millions)

CA 1906 San Francisco M7.8

$

1,024

CA 1994 Northridge M6.7

 

852

CA 1971 San Fernando M6.7

 

463

CA 1868 Hayward M7.0

 

353

NM 1811‑12 sequence M7.8

 

294

HI 1992 Hurricane Iniki

 

250

CA 1857 Fort Tejon M7.9

 

229

CA 1933 Long Beach M6.4

 

219

NW 1949 Puget Sound M7.1

 

189

While we only select reinsurers whom we believe to have acceptable credit and a minimum A.M. Best rating of “A−”, if our reinsurers are unable to pay the claims for which they are responsible, we ultimately retain primary liability to our policyholders. In addition, at each reinsurance treaty renewal, we consider any plans to change the underlying insurance coverage we offer, our current capital, our risk appetite, and the cost and availability of reinsurance coverage, which may vary from time to time.

19


Catastrophe XOL Treaty Summary

Our current catastrophe XOL treaty which began June 1, 2020 is summarized below with modeled losses from historical events included for reference based on our in-force portfolio as of December 31, 2020:

Graphic

Our catastrophe XOL treaty provides total coverage up to $1.4 billion for earthquake events and $600 million for wind events, with this coverage well in excess of the 1 in 250 year PML for each peril. We believe our treaty provides expansive coverage as many of our contracts have features including prepaid reinstatements and expanded coverage windows for earthquake and wind events. We purchase coverage from a mix of traditional reinsurers and collateralized protection from the ILS market, and our reinsurance contracts largely mirror the form of our insurance policies in order to minimize any gaps between the coverage we offer to insureds and the coverage we purchase from reinsurance partners.

In the event of an earthquake or windstorm that impacts our catastrophe XOL treaty, our total available coverage for subsequent earthquake and windstorm events depends on the magnitude of the first event, as we may have

20


coverage remaining from layers that were not previously fully exhausted. In addition, to provide further coverage against the potential for frequent catastrophe events we have secured $25 million of aggregate XOL reinsurance limit effective April 1, 2021. This coverage, applying within our per occurrence retention, has an attachment point of $30 million and applies across all perils including but not limited to earthquakes, hurricanes, convective storms, and floods above a qualifying level of $2.0 million in ultimate gross loss.

Program Specific Reinsurance Coverage

In addition to our catastrophe XOL coverage, we purchase reinsurance for specific programs in order to control our net exposure for any single risk, manage our exposure to attritional losses and improve our economics through ceding a portion of the risk to reinsurers in exchange for a ceding commission. We purchase program specific reinsurance, consisting primarily of quota share coverage, for our Commercial Earthquake, Commercial All Risk, Specialty Homeowners, Inland Marine and Flood lines of business.

Third-Party Capacity

In order to utilize our internal product development, underwriting and distribution expertise on behalf of third- party insurance companies, we launched an affiliated managing general agent called Prospect General Insurance Agency (“PGIA”) in 2016. During 2020, Prospect General Insurance Agency was renamed to Palomar Insurance Agency, DBA Palomar General Insurance Agency (“PGIA”). PGIA is an approved Coverholder by Lloyd’s of London and currently manages our REI program with delegating authority to write on behalf of capacity provided by syndicates at Lloyd’s of London. In 2019, we entered into a new partnership to underwrite commercial flood risk on behalf of affiliates of SCOR SE. While we generate commission and fee income from the sale of REI products, we do not retain any of the underlying risk of losses incurred by those policies. We will continue to develop third-party capacity relationships that support our products.

Technology

Our integrated technology systems form the backbone of our business as they enable us to offer quality and timely service to our policyholders and producers, communicate seamlessly with reinsurers and partner carriers, and run our business more efficiently and cost effectively. As a recently formed insurance company, we have the benefit of having built a proprietary operating platform that employs the best practices of our management team’s extensive prior experience and that is not burdened by outdated legacy technology and processes. Our systems offer greater ease of use to distribution partners and provide seamless integration between our pricing models, quoting tools, policy administration systems and portfolio analytics databases. Our proprietary operating platform is based on applications licensed from multiple third-party software vendors. We have invested significantly in customizing, building on top of and extending these applications to increase automation and enhance efficiency. We have dedicated in-house software developers as well as external resources, all of whom report to our Chief Technology Officer. Our internally developed PASS provides producers direct access to our retail and wholesale distributed products including Hawaii Hurricane, Residential Earthquake, Residential Flood, and Commercial Earthquake. PASS also serves as the administration system for select policy data and the access point for business written through direct personal lines partnerships. PASS enables the effective use of predefined underwriting, providing efficiency and optimization to our production partners and real-time transparency in underwriting and aggregate management. Our software development team develops programing interfaces where applicable so that partner carriers and distribution partners can seamlessly access our system.

Our pricing models are based on the most recent versions of catastrophe models from industry leading vendors and our internal expertise. For certain products where limited models are available, we have worked directly with the vendors to develop proprietary models. We update all of our pricing models as new versions are released, which mitigates our exposure to changes in our business following industry-wide model changes. For personal lines products issued through automated underwriting, our pricing models integrate directly into our policy administration system as well as the systems of program administrator partners. Since our commercial lines products do not lend themselves to highly automated underwriting, we have built a customized operating platform that our underwriters use to evaluate risk

21


and to efficiently quote business. Our custom application platform seamlessly integrates policy administration, billing and maintenance.

We emphasize the use of technology in our analytics and enterprise risk management (“ERM”) operations. Our analytics team, which reports to our Chief Risk Officer, uses multiple catastrophe modeling software applications to evaluate our ongoing risk exposure. Our data analytics enable us to provide real-time reporting of our in-force portfolio to our reinsurers, TPAs and distribution partners on a regular basis and during severe weather events. This reporting combines content from the catastrophe models that we license with internally developed content. Event reporting is an element of our overall ERM framework which monitors our risks and ensures that we have appropriate controls and preparations are in place. Our technology infrastructure is designed to function through any major disruption, with all data stored offsite and employees provided with the resources to work remotely.

Reserves

When a claim is reported to us or when an event occurs, we establish loss reserves to cover our estimated ultimate losses under all insurance policies that we underwrite, and loss adjustment expenses relating to the investigation and settlement of policy claims. These reserves include estimates of the cost of the claims reported to us (case reserves) and estimates of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not yet reported (“IBNR”) and are net of estimated related salvage, subrogation recoverables and reinsurance recoverables. Reserves are estimates involving actuarial projections of the expected ultimate cost to settle and administer claims at a given time, but are not expected to represent precisely the ultimate liability. Estimates are based upon past loss experience modified for current trends as well as prevailing economic, legal and social conditions. Such estimates will also be based on facts and circumstances then known, but are subject to significant uncertainty based on the outcome of various factors, such as future events, future trends in claim severity, inflation and changes in the judicial interpretation of policy provisions relating to the determination of coverage.

When a claim is reported and investigated by a claims adjuster, we establish a case reserve for the estimated amount of the ultimate payment after an appropriate assessment of coverage, damages and other information as applicable. The estimate is based on general insurance reserving practices and on the claim adjuster’s experience and knowledge of the nature and value of the specific type of claim. Case reserves are revised periodically based on subsequent developments associated with each claim.

We establish IBNR reserves in accordance with industry practice to provide for (i) the estimated amount of future loss payments on incurred claims not yet reported, and (ii) potential development on reported claims. IBNR reserves are estimated based on generally accepted actuarial reserving techniques that take into account quantitative loss experience data and, where appropriate, qualitative factors.

We regularly review our loss reserves using a variety of actuarial techniques. We also update the reserve estimates as historical loss experience develops, additional claims are reported and/or settled and new information becomes available. Additionally, our loss reserving is reviewed annually for reasonableness by a reputable third-party actuarial firm. A reserve can be increased or decreased over time as claims move towards settlement, which can impact earnings in the form of either adverse development or reserve releases.

22


The following tables present the development of our loss reserves by accident year on a gross basis and net of reinsurance recoveries during each of the below calendar years:

Gross Ultimate Loss and LAE

Development- (Favorable) Unfavorable

Calendar Year

2017 to

2018 to

2019 to

Accident Year

    

2017

    

2018

    

2019

    

2020

    

2018

    

2019

    

2020

(in thousands)

Prior

$

43,112

$

39,935

$

40,667

$

40,841

$

(3,177)

$

732

$

174

2018

 

 

17,667

 

15,984

 

14,865

 

 

(1,683)

 

(1,119)

2019

 

 

 

25,127

 

22,797

 

 

 

(2,330)

2020

 

 

 

 

171,470

 

 

 

$

(3,177)

$

(951)

$

(3,275)

Net Ultimate Loss and LAE

Development- (Favorable) Unfavorable

Calendar Year

2017 to

2018 to

2019 to

Accident Year

    

2017

    

2018

    

2019

    

2020

    

2018

    

2019

    

2020

(in thousands)

Prior

$

22,102

$

20,211

$

20,094

$

20,079

$

(1,891)

$

(117)

$

(15)

2018

 

 

8,166

 

8,102

 

7,940

 

 

(64)

 

(162)

2019

 

 

 

5,772

 

5,885

 

 

 

113

2020

 

 

 

 

64,179

 

 

 

$

(1,891)

$

(181)

$

(64)

Investments

Investment income is an important component of our earnings. We collect premiums and are required to hold a portion of these funds in reserves until claims are paid. We invest these reserves, primarily in fixed maturity investments. Our fixed maturity investment portfolio is managed by Conning and Company, an investment advisory firm that is an experienced manager of insurance company assets, and operates under guidelines approved by our Board of Directors. We believe our investment strategy allows us to eliminate the expense of a treasury department while allowing our management to maintain oversight over the investment portfolio.

In the years that we make an underwriting profit, we are able to retain all investment income. Underwriting losses may require us to dedicate a portion of our investment income or capital to cover insurance claims and expenses.

Our cash and invested assets consist of fixed maturity securities, short-term investments, cash and cash equivalents, mutual funds and exchange traded funds. Our fixed maturity securities are classified as “available-for-sale” and are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses on these securities reported, net of tax, as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Our equity investments are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. Fair value generally represents quoted market value prices for securities traded in the public market or prices analytically determined using bid or closing prices for securities not traded in the public marketplace. Short-term investments are reported at cost and include investments that are both readily convertible to known amounts of cash and have maturities of 12 months or less upon acquisition by us.

23


Our investment securities available totaled $422.3 million and $239.5 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019 respectively, and are summarized as follows:

    

Fair

    

% of Total

 

December 31, 2020

Value

Fair Value

 

Fixed maturities:

 

  

 

  

U.S. Governments

$

17,059

 

4.0

%

States, territories, and possessions

 

6,636

 

1.6

%

Political subdivisions

 

2,152

 

0.5

%

Special revenue excluding mortgage/asset‑backed securities

 

41,227

 

9.8

%

Industrial and miscellaneous

 

245,360

 

58.1

%

Mortgage/asset‑backed securities

 

85,553

 

20.3

%

Total fixed maturities

$

397,987

 

94.3

%

Equity securities

 

24,322

 

5.7

%

Total investments

$

422,309

 

100.0

%

    

Fair

    

% of Total

 

December 31, 2019

Value

Fair Value

 

Fixed maturities:

 

  

 

  

U.S. Governments

$

13,679

 

5.7

%

States, territories, and possessions

 

2,445

 

1.0

%

Political subdivisions

 

1,942

 

0.8

%

Special revenue excluding mortgage/asset‑backed securities

 

18,436

 

7.7

%

Industrial and miscellaneous

 

129,013

 

53.9

%

Mortgage/asset‑backed securities

 

51,636

 

21.6

%

Total fixed maturities

 

217,151

 

90.7

%

Equity securities

 

22,328

 

9.3

%

Total investments

$

239,479

 

100.0

%

Our primary investment focus is to preserve capital to support our insurance operations through investing primarily in high quality fixed maturity securities with a secondary focus on maximizing our risk adjusted investment returns. Investment policy is set by our Board of Directors, subject to the limits of applicable regulations.

Our investment policy imposes strict requirements for credit quality, with a minimum average credit quality of the portfolio being rated “A” or higher by Standard & Poor’s or the equivalent rating from another nationally recognized rating agency. Our investment policy also imposes restrictions on concentrations of securities by class and issuer and any new asset class must be approved by management and our Board of Directors. Given our existing exposure to property values, notably in the state of California, we have imposed restrictions on municipal obligations in the state of California and CMBS single issuers concentrated in the state of California.

Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”)

We maintain a dedicated ERM function that is responsible for analyzing and reporting our risks, monitoring that risks remain within established tolerances, and monitoring, on an ongoing basis, that our ERM objectives are met. These objectives include ensuring proper risk controls are in place, risks are effectively identified, assessed, and managed, and key risks to which we are exposed are appropriately disclosed. Our ERM framework plays an important role in fostering our risk management culture and practices. We continue to enhance our ERM framework, which is guided by the Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (“ORSA”) model developed by the NAIC. These ongoing enhancements include the creation of an executive risk management committee, creation and maintenance of a risk register and regular reporting on risk management.

An additional important part of our ERM is business continuity, including in the circumstances of a catastrophe event. We have established a business continuity team made up of executive management with predefined roles and responsibilities in the event of an emergency response situation and a business continuity communication site where

24


employees are directed to receive instructions that are tailored to various scenarios. We store all data offsite and ensure it is accessible remotely. Our communications, virtual file servers, underwriting and distribution systems, and claims portal are hosted in geographically diverse data centers domestically and globally. We maintain a second office 55 miles north of our La Jolla, California headquarters to use as a redundant location in the event of a disruptive event in San Diego, and purchase business continuity services to support the La Jolla office in the event of a disruptive event.

Environmental and Climate Change Matters

Our economic model is closely tied to our coverages for natural disasters and catastrophes. We believe the existing scientific consensus that man-made changes to climate conditions are leading to increases in sea levels and global temperatures, and that the severity and frequency of weather-related natural disasters may increase relative to historical experience. We believe that this increase in severe weather, coupled with currently projected demographic trends in catastrophe-exposed regions, contributes to factors that will increase the average economic value of expected losses, increase the number of people exposed per year to natural disasters and in general exacerbate disaster risk, including risks to infrastructure, global supply chains and agricultural production. In addition to the impacts that environmental incidents have on our business, changes to law and regulation related to climate change could also directly affect our business, including state insurance regulations that could impact the Company’s ability to manage property exposures in areas vulnerable to significant climate driven losses, and possible new requirements that insurers integrate the financial risk of climate change into business operations and governance.

From an underwriting standpoint, we carefully consider the development and deployment of insurance products in coastal areas that may be impacted by rising sea levels, and we incorporate scenarios into our catastrophe modeling that involve elevated sea surface temperatures and other relevant data. From an operations standpoint, our efforts include establishing a standing environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) committee of the Board of Directors that works with the company to establish and measure progress toward several metrics related to climate change and environmental health. The company considers ESG factors as part of its investment strategy and reviews individual investments to ensure congruence with company goals in this area. We have also made commitments to automate manual or paper-intensive processes and promote the paperless delivery of documents to our policyholders and producers. We will remain proactive in our efforts to evolve our business in response to our changing natural environment.

Competition

The specialty insurance industry is highly competitive. While we currently target underserved markets, some of our competitors have greater financial, marketing and management resources and experience than we do. Our primary competitors include national insurance companies, including American International Group, Inc., Chubb Limited, State Farm Mutual Automobile Insurance Company and Zurich Insurance Group Ltd., as well as specialty insurers such as Zephyr Insurance Company, a subsidiary of Heritage Insurance Holdings, and GeoVera Holdings, Inc. We also compete with the E&S market, including Lloyd’s of London in some of our lines. In addition, we compete against state or other publicly managed enterprises including the California Earthquake Authority, the National Flood Insurance Program and the Texas Wind Insurance Association. We may also compete with new market entrants in the future. Competition is based on many factors, including the reputation and experience of the insurer, coverages offered, pricing and other terms and conditions, customer service, relationships with brokers and agents (including ease of doing business, service provided and commission rates paid), size and financial strength ratings, among other considerations.

Ratings

Our insurance group, Palomar Holdings, Inc., currently has a rating of “A−” (Excellent) (Outlook Stable) from A.M. Best, which rates insurance companies based on factors of concern to policyholders. A.M. Best currently assigns 16 ratings to insurance companies, which currently range from “A++” (Superior) to “S” (Rating Suspended). “A−” (Excellent) (Outlook Stable) is the fourth highest rating. In evaluating a company’s financial and operating performance, A.M. Best reviews the company’s profitability, leverage and liquidity, as well as its book of business, the adequacy and soundness of its reinsurance, the quality and estimated market value of its assets, the adequacy of its loss and loss expense reserves, the adequacy of its surplus, its capital structure, the experience and competence of its

25


management and its market presence. A.M. Best’s ratings reflect its opinion of an insurance company’s financial strength, operating performance and ability to meet its obligations to policyholders. These evaluations are not directed to purchasers of an insurance company’s securities.

Intellectual Property

We have registered our logo as a trademark in the United States. We will pursue additional trademark registrations and other intellectual property protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost effective.

Human Capital

Overview 

We believe our greatest asset is our people. As of December 31, 2020, we employed 122 team members.  During 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic spotlighted the importance of being nimble and supporting the engagement, health, and safety of our workforce. As a result, during 2020 we focused on virtual recruiting and onboarding and retaining our hybrid workforce while keeping them engaged through ongoing communication and a focus on wellness and flexibility. 

Diversity and inclusion 

During the third quarter of 2020, we formally launched our Diversity, Inclusion, Community Engagement and Equality, or “DICE”, council.  The DICE council is comprised of team members from various departments and backgrounds and advises company leadership on initiatives and best practices on matters of racial and civic equality.  

We are committed to increasing diversity within our Company. Currently, approximately 40% of our workforce and 50% of our board of directors are women or people of underrepresented communities. We believe that diversity yields greater creativity and productivity, helps us serve our customers and partners more effectively, and ultimately returns greater value to our shareholders and to the communities in which we do business. 

Compensation, Health and Well Being 

We offer fair, competitive compensation and benefits to support our team members overall well-being.  Our compensation programs include base pay, annual incentive compensation and, in many cases, long-term equity-based compensation. We offer team members a comprehensive and leading benefits program that includes a holistic approach to health and wellness. We regularly benchmark programs to ensure our team has access to industry-leading benefits to address all aspects of well-being — physical and mental health, family care, financial support, and community engagement.   

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, most of our team members have been working from home since March 2020. We provide team members a reimbursement to help manage incremental costs associated with remote work. We have implemented safety protocols to protect the health of team members who are working in our offices. We also regularly check-in with team members to assess their mental health and provide a company paid subscription to Headspace, a meditation and wellness application.  

Learning and Development 

We encourage all team members to take advantage of company-supported training and learning opportunities that help broaden industry and functional knowledge to help them excel in their current roles as well as advance their overall career objectives. We believe in the dynamic allocation of talent, and therefore we encourage interested team members to explore functions outside their current roles. To support this belief, we provide a $3,000 tuition and/or certification reimbursement for ongoing development. Lastly, we have a methodical approach to talent development, offering organizational advancement and mentoring services to all team members regardless of position or title. 

26


Item 1A: Risk Factors

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. In deciding whether to invest, you should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the financial and other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects and cause the value of our stock to decline, which could cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties of which we are unaware, or that we currently deem immaterial also may become important factors that affect us.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Summary Risk Factors

        Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, these risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

Claims arising from unpredictable and severe catastrophe events, including those caused by global climate change, could reduce our earnings and stockholders' equity, and limit our ability to underwrite new insurance policies;
We and our customers could be negatively and adversely impacted by the COVID-19 Pandemic (“The Pandemic”), which may result in a decline in demand for our products, a decrease in underwriting income and a decrease in the value of our investment portfolio.
Our reinsurers may not pay claims on a timely basis, or at all, which may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations
The inability to purchase third-party reinsurance or otherwise expand our catastrophe coverage in amounts we desire on commercially acceptable terms or on terms that adequately protect us;
Our risk management and loss limitation methods, including estimates and models, may fail to adequately manage our exposure to losses from catastrophe events and our losses could be materially higher than our expectations;
A decline in our financial strength rating may adversely affect the amount of business we write;
In the event that the reinsurance we purchase is inadequate or a reinsurer is unable or unwilling to make timely payments, our operating results and liquidity would be adversely impacted;
Our business is concentrated in California and Texas and we are exposed more significantly to California and Texas loss activity and regulatory environments;
The potential loss of one or more key executives or an inability to attract and retain qualified personnel could adversely affect our results of operations;
We rely on a select group of brokers and program administrators to manage the distribution of a significant portion of our Residential Earthquake, Commercial Earthquake, Specialty Homeowners and Hawaii Hurricane products. Two program administrators with which we have long-standing relationships represented approximately 54.0% of our gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2020, and such relationships may not continue;
There is intense competition for business in our industry;

27


The failure of our information technology and telecommunications systems could adversely affect our business;
Unexpected changes in the interpretation of our coverage or provisions, including loss limitations and exclusions, in our policies could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations;
Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our intellectual property, proprietary technology platform and brand, or we may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights;
We incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management is required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations; and
Our operating results and stock price may be volatile, or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and holders of our common stock could lose all or part of their investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Claims arising from unpredictable and severe catastrophe events, including those caused by global climate change, could reduce our earnings and stockholders’ equity and limit our ability to underwrite new insurance policies.

Our insurance operations expose us to claims arising from unpredictable catastrophe events, such as earthquakes, hurricanes, windstorms, floods and other severe events. Furthermore, the actual occurrence, frequency and magnitude of such events are uncertain. While there can be no certainty surrounding the timing and magnitude of earthquakes, some observers believe that significant shifts in the tectonic plates, including the San Andreas Fault, may occur in the future. Over the past several years, changing weather patterns and climatic conditions, such as global warming, have added to the unpredictability and frequency of natural disasters in certain parts of the world, including the markets in which we operate. Climate change may increase the frequency and severity of extreme weather events. This effect has led to conditions in the ocean and atmosphere, including warmer-than-average sea-surface temperatures and low wind shear that increase hurricane activity. Hurricane activity typically increases between June and November of each year, though the actual occurrence and magnitude of such events is uncertain. The occurrence of a natural disaster or other catastrophe loss could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Additionally, any increased frequency and severity of such weather events, including hurricanes, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to predict, quantify, reinsure and manage catastrophe risk and may materially increase our losses resulting from such catastrophe events.

The extent of losses from catastrophes is a function of both the frequency and severity of the insured events and the total amount of insured exposure in the areas affected. The frequency and severity of catastrophes are inherently unpredictable and the occurrence of one catastrophe does not make the occurrence of another catastrophe more or less likely. Increases in the replacement cost and concentrations of insured property, the effects of inflation, and changes in cyclical weather patterns may increase the severity of claims from catastrophe events in the future. Claims from catastrophe events could reduce our earnings and cause substantial volatility in our results of operations for any fiscal quarter or year, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition, possibly to the extent of eliminating our total stockholders’ equity. For example, Hurricane Harvey in August 2017 caused our gross losses and loss adjustment expenses to increase significantly from the prior year and catastrophe losses from multiple storms during the third and fourth quarters of 2020 also caused our gross loss and loss adjustment expenses to increase significantly from the prior year. Our ability to underwrite new insurance policies could also be materially adversely impacted as a result of corresponding reductions in our capital. In addition, a natural disaster could materially impact the financial condition of our policyholders, resulting in loss of premiums.

Our catastrophe event retention is currently $10 million for all perils and we retain $1 million as a vertical co-participation in selected layers of our reinsurance program. Effective June 1, 2020, our reinsurance coverage exhausts at $1.4 billion for earthquake events and $600 million for hurricane events, with coverage in excess of our estimated peak zone 1 in 250 year PML event and in excess of our A.M. Best requirement. While we only select reinsurers whom we

28


believe to have acceptable credit, if our reinsurers are unable to pay the claims for which they are responsible, we ultimately retain primary liability. Furthermore, our earthquake policies do not provide coverage for fire damage arising from an earthquake. While we believe this risk transfer program reduces volatility in our earnings, one or more severe catastrophe events could result in claims that substantially exceed the limits of our reinsurance coverage.

We and our customers could be negatively and adversely impacted by the Pandemic, which may result in a decline in demand for our products, a decrease in underwriting income and a decrease in the value of our investment portfolio.

The ongoing Pandemic and response thereto have significantly impacted financial markets, businesses, households, and communities and have caused a contraction in business activity and volatility in financial markets. Continuation of the Pandemic could cause additional reduction in business activity and financial market instability. The extent of the impact of the Pandemic on our operational and financial performance will depend on several factors, including the duration of the Pandemic, actions taken and restrictions imposed by the government and health officials in response, the ability for our customers to continue to pay premiums, contraction of the insurance and reinsurance markets, and the ability for reinsurers to satisfy claims, all of which are uncertain and cannot be predicted. In addition, the global macroeconomic effects of the Pandemic may persist for an indefinite period, even after the Pandemic has subsided.

Disruptions to the economy from the Pandemic could cause our customers to have less need for insurance coverage, cancel or cease payment on existing insurance policies, modify their coverage, or not renew the policies they hold with us. Policyholders may exaggerate or even falsify claims to obtain higher claims payments. Any of these outcomes would reduce our underwriting income.

We underwrite a significant amount of our commercial insurance policies for businesses such as hotels, motels, retail stores, and professional services. These businesses largely require patrons to generate profits and their ability to serve patrons has been significantly impacted by the Pandemic and restrictions placed on them in response. Prolonged restrictions or ongoing changes in patron behavior as a result of the Pandemic would have a negative adverse impact on these insureds and their revenue streams, which consequently will impact their ability to meet their financial obligations, including purchasing or renewing insurance policies.

In addition, our results of operations depend, in part, on the performance of our investment portfolio. The Pandemic’s impact on the economy and financial markets could reduce our net investment income and result in realized investment losses in future periods.

Our reinsurers may not pay claims on a timely basis, or at all, which may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our ability to grow our business is dependent in part in our ability to secure reinsurance for a substantial portion of the risk associated with our policies. Although reinsurance makes the reinsurer liable to us to the extent the risk is transferred or ceded to the reinsurer, it does not relieve us (the ceding insurer) of our primary liability to our policyholders. Our current reinsurance program is designed to limit our risk retention to $10 million of risk per earthquake or wind event, along with a $1 million vertical co-participation in selected layers, and provide coverage up to $1.4 billion for earthquake events and $600 million for hurricane events, subject to customary exclusions. However, particularly in the event of a major catastrophe, our reinsurers may not pay claims made by us on a timely basis, or they may not pay some or all these claims. For example, the Pandemic has put financial pressure on the insurance market due to several factors, including the inability of customers to pay premiums and increased claims for business interruption. Increased claim demands for business interruption has put substantial financial pressure on the insurance and reinsurance market which may lead to court action and impact the ability of insurers and reinsurers to satisfy the liability under their policies.

In addition, reinsurers may default in their financial obligations to us as the result of insolvency, lack of liquidity, operational failure, fraud, asserted defenses based on agreement wordings or the principle of utmost good faith, asserted deficiencies in the documentation of agreements or other reasons. Any disputes with reinsurers regarding coverage under reinsurance contracts could be time consuming, costly, and uncertain of success. If a catastrophic event were to occur and our reinsurers were unable to satisfy their commitments to us, we may be unable to satisfy the liability

29


to our policyholders. We evaluate each reinsurance claim based on the facts of the case, historical experience with the reinsurer on similar claims and existing case law and consider including any amounts deemed uncollectible from the reinsurer in a reserve for uncollectible reinsurance. As of December 31, 2020, we had $104.7 million of aggregate reinsurance recoverables. These risks could cause us to incur increased net losses, and, therefore, adversely affect our financial condition.

We may be unable to purchase third-party reinsurance or otherwise expand our catastrophe coverage in amounts we desire on commercially acceptable terms or on terms that adequately protect us, and this inability may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We purchase a significant amount of reinsurance from third parties that we believe enhances our business by reducing our exposure to potential catastrophe losses and reducing volatility in our underwriting performance, providing us with greater visibility into our future earnings. Reinsurance involves transferring, or ceding, a portion of our risk exposure on policies that we write to another insurer, the reinsurer, in exchange for a premium. We primarily use treaty reinsurance, consisting of catastrophe excess of loss (“XOL”) coverage, and, on a limited basis, facultative reinsurance coverage. Treaty coverage refers to a reinsurance contract that is applied to a group or class of business where all the risks written meet the criteria for that class. Facultative coverage refers to a reinsurance contract on individual risks as opposed to a group or class of business. Our catastrophe XOL treaties are divided into multiple layers.

From time to time, market conditions have limited, and in some cases prevented, insurers from obtaining the types and amounts of reinsurance they consider adequate for their business needs. As a result, we may not be able to purchase reinsurance in the areas and for the amounts we desire or on terms we deem acceptable or at all. In addition to reinsurance purchased from traditional reinsurers, we have historically incorporated collateralized protection from the insurance linked securities market (i.e. catastrophe bonds). In May 2017, we closed a $166 million 144A catastrophe bond offering completed through Torrey Pines Re Ltd., a special purpose insurer in Bermuda, that provided fully collateralized protection over a three-year risk period, ending in May 2020. Although we do not currently have any catastrophe bonds outstanding, we may seek to expand our catastrophe XOL coverage through similar bond offerings in the future. There can be no assurances that we will be able to complete such offerings on acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to renew our expiring contracts, enter into new reinsurance arrangements on acceptable terms or expand our catastrophe coverage through future bond offerings or otherwise, our loss exposure could increase, which would increase our potential losses related to catastrophe events. If we are unwilling to bear an increase in loss exposure, we could have to reduce the level of our underwriting commitments, both of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Many reinsurance companies have begun to exclude certain coverages from, or alter terms in, our reinsurance contracts with them. As a result, we, like other insurance companies, write insurance policies which to some extent do not have the benefit of reinsurance protection. These gaps in reinsurance protection expose us to greater risk and greater potential losses.

We utilize several risk management and loss limitation methods, including relying on estimates and models. If these methods fail to adequately manage our exposure to losses from catastrophe events, our losses could be materially higher than our expectations, and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our approach to risk management relies on subjective variables that entail significant uncertainties. We manage our exposure to catastrophe losses by analyzing the probability and severity of the occurrence of catastrophe events and the impact of such events on our overall underwriting and investment portfolio. We monitor and mitigate our exposure through a number of methods designed to minimize risk, including underwriting specialization, modeling and data systems, data quality control, strategic use of policy deductibles and regular review of aggregate exposure and probable maximum loss reports, which report the maximum amount of losses that one would expect based on computer or actuarial modeling techniques. These estimates, models, data and scenarios may not produce accurate predictions; consequently, we could incur losses both in the risks we underwrite and to the value of our investment portfolio due to the overall impact on financial markets from the occurrence of catastrophe events.

30


In addition, output from our risk modeling software is based on third-party data that we believe to be reliable. The estimates and assumptions we use are dependent on many variables, such as loss adjustment expenses, insurance-to-value, storm or earthquake intensity, building code compliance and demand surge, which is the temporary inflation of costs for building materials and labor resulting from increased demand for rebuilding services in the aftermath of a catastrophe. Accordingly, if the estimates and assumptions used in our risk models are incorrect or if our risk models prove to be an inaccurate forecasting tool, the losses we might incur from an actual catastrophe could be materially higher than our expectation of losses generated from modeled catastrophe scenarios, and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, our third-party data providers may change the estimates or assumptions that we use in our risk models and/or their data may be inaccurate. Changes in these estimates or assumptions or the use of inaccurate third-party data could cause our actual losses to be materially higher than our current expectation of losses generated by modeled catastrophe scenarios, which in turn could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We run many model simulations to understand the impact of these assumptions on a catastrophe’s loss potential. Furthermore, there are risks associated with catastrophe events, which are either poorly represented or not represented at all by catastrophe models. Each modeling assumption or un-modeled risk introduces uncertainty into probable maximum loss estimates that management must consider. These uncertainties can include, but are not limited to, the following:

The models do not address all the possible hazard characteristics of a catastrophe peril (e.g., the precise path and wind speed of a hurricane);

The models may not accurately reflect the true frequency of events;

The models may not accurately reflect a risk’s vulnerability or susceptibility to damage for a given event characteristic;

The models may not accurately represent loss potential to insurance or reinsurance contract coverage limits, terms and conditions; and

The models may not accurately reflect the impact on the economy of the area affected or the financial, judicial, political, or regulatory impacts on insurance claim payments during or following a catastrophe event.

As a result of these factors and contingencies, our reliance on assumptions and data used to evaluate our entire risk portfolio and specifically to estimate a probable maximum loss is subject to a high degree of uncertainty that could result in actual losses that are materially different from our probable maximum loss estimates and our financial results could be adversely affected.

A decline in our financial strength rating may adversely affect the amount of business we write.

Participants in the insurance industry use ratings from independent ratings agencies, such as A.M. Best, as an important means of assessing the financial strength and quality of insurers. In setting its ratings, A.M. Best performs quantitative and qualitative analysis of a company’s balance sheet strength, operating performance and business profile. A.M. Best financial strength ratings range from “A++” (Superior) to “F” for insurance companies that have been publicly placed in liquidation. As of December 31, 2020, A.M. Best has assigned a financial strength rating of “A−” (Excellent) (Outlook Stable) to us. A.M. Best assigns ratings that are intended to provide an independent opinion of an insurance company’s ability to meet its obligations to policyholders and such ratings are not evaluations directed to investors and are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold our common stock or any other securities we may issue. A.M. Best’s analysis includes comparisons to peers and industry standards as well as assessments of operating plans, philosophy and management. A.M. Best periodically reviews our financial strength rating and may revise it downward or revoke it at A.M. Best’s discretion based primarily on its analyses of our balance sheet strength (including

31


capital adequacy and loss adjustment expense reserve adequacy), operating performance and business profile. Factors that could affect such analyses include, but are not limited to:

If we change our business practices from our organizational business plan in a manner that no longer supports A.M. Best’s rating;

If unfavorable financial, regulatory or market trends affect us, including excess market capacity;

If our losses exceed our loss reserves;

If we have unresolved issues with government regulators;

If we are unable to retain our senior management or other key personnel;

If our investment portfolio incurs significant losses; or

If A.M. Best alters its capital adequacy assessment methodology in a manner that would adversely affect our rating.

These and other factors could result in a downgrade of our financial strength rating. A downgrade or withdrawal of our rating could result in any of the following consequences, among others:

Causing our current and future distribution partners and insureds to choose other, more highly-rated competitors;

Increasing the cost or reducing the availability of reinsurance to us; or

Severely limiting or preventing us from writing new and renewal insurance contracts.

In addition, in view of the earnings and capital pressures experienced by many financial institutions, including insurance companies, it is possible that rating organizations will heighten the level of scrutiny that they apply to such institutions, will increase the frequency and scope of their credit reviews, will request additional information from the companies that they rate or will increase the capital and other requirements employed in the rating organizations’ models for maintenance of certain ratings levels. If our credit rating were to be downgraded, or general market conditions were to ascribe higher risk to our rating levels, due to the Pandemic, our access to capital markets and the cost of any equity or debt financing will be negatively impacted. We can offer no assurance that our rating will remain at its current level. It is possible that such reviews of us may result in adverse ratings consequences, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is concentrated in California and Texas and, as a result, we are exposed more significantly to California and Texas loss activity and regulatory environments.

Our policyholders and insurance risks are currently concentrated in California and Texas, which generated 49% and 19% of our gross written premiums, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2020. We are exposed to business, economic, political, judicial and regulatory risks due to this concentration that are greater than the risks faced by insurance companies that conduct business over a more extensive geographic area. Any single, major catastrophe event, series of events or other condition causing significant losses in California or Texas could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, unfavorable business, economic or regulatory conditions in these states may result in a significant reduction of our premiums or increase our loss exposure.

Changes in California or Texas political climates could result in new or changed legislation affecting the property and casualty insurance industry in general which could have a negative impact on our business.

32


We could be adversely affected by the loss of one or more key executives or by an inability to attract and retain qualified personnel.

We depend on our ability to attract and retain experienced personnel and seasoned key executives who are knowledgeable about our business. The pool of talent from which we actively recruit is limited and may fluctuate based on market dynamics specific to our industry and independent of overall economic conditions. As such, higher demand for employees having the desired skills and expertise could lead to increased compensation expectations for existing and prospective personnel, making it difficult for us to retain and recruit key personnel and maintain labor costs at desired levels. In particular, our future success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Mac Armstrong, and our Chief Financial Officer, Christopher Uchida. Should any of our key executives terminate their employment with us, or if we are unable to retain and attract talented personnel, we may be unable to maintain our current competitive position in the specialized markets in which we operate, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We rely on a select group of brokers and program administrators, and such relationships may not continue.

The distribution networks of our products are multi-faceted and distinct to each line of business. Our relationship with our brokers or program administrators may be discontinued at any time. Even if the relationships do continue, they may not be on terms that are profitable for us. We distribute a significant portion of our Residential Earthquake, Commercial Earthquake, Specialty Homeowners and Hawaii Hurricane products through longstanding relationships with two program administrators. Each of the four products managed by the program administrators operates as a separate program that is governed by an independent, separately negotiated agreement with unique terms and conditions, including geographic scope, key person provisions, economics and exclusivity. These programs also feature separate managerial oversight and leadership, policy administration systems and retail agents originating policies. In total, these four products accounted for $191.3 or 54% of our gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2020. This amount includes our Value Select Residential Earthquake program, which represents the majority of our Residential Earthquake premium and is administered through a mutually exclusive program administrator agreement with Arrowhead for the states of California, Oregon and Washington. The termination of a relationship with one or more significant brokers or program administrators could result in lower gross written premiums and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or business prospects.

Competition for business in our industry is intense.

We face competition from other specialty insurance companies, standard insurance companies and underwriting agencies that are larger than we are and that have greater financial, marketing, and other resources than we do. Some of these competitors also have longer operating history and more market recognition than we do in certain lines of business. In addition, we compete against state or other publicly managed enterprises including the California Earthquake Authority (“CEA”), the National Flood Insurance Program and the Texas Wind Insurance Association. If the CEA decided to provide coverage to non-CEA member carriers or lessened the capital requirements for membership, we would face additional competition in our markets, and our operating results could be adversely affected. Furthermore, it may be difficult or prohibitively expensive for us to implement technology systems and processes that are competitive with the systems and processes of these larger companies.

In particular, competition in the insurance industry is based on many factors, including price of coverage, the general reputation and perceived financial strength of the company, relationships with brokers, terms and conditions of products offered, ratings assigned by independent rating agencies, speed of claims payment and reputation, and the experience and reputation of the members of our underwriting team in the particular lines of insurance and reinsurance we seek to underwrite. In recent years, the insurance industry has undergone increasing consolidation, which may further increase competition.

33


Certain new, proposed or potential industry or legislative developments could further increase competition in our industry. These developments include:

An increase in capital-raising by companies in our lines of business, which could result in new entrants to our markets and an excess of capital in the industry; and

The deregulation of commercial insurance lines in certain states and the possibility of federal regulatory reform of the insurance industry, which could increase competition from standard carriers.

We may not be able to continue to compete successfully in the insurance markets. Increased competition in these markets could result in a change in the supply and demand for insurance, affect our ability to price our products at risk-adequate rates and retain existing business, or underwrite new business on favorable terms. If this increased competition so limits our ability to transact business, our operating results could be adversely affected.

Because we provide our program administrators with specific quoting and binding authority, if any of them fail to comply with pre-established guidelines, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

We market and distribute certain of our insurance products through program administrators that have limited quoting and binding authority and that in turn sell our insurance products to insureds through retail agents and wholesale brokers. These program administrators can bind certain risks without our expressed approval. If any of these program administrators fail to comply with our underwriting guidelines and the terms of their appointments, we could be bound on a particular risk or number of risks that were not anticipated when we developed the insurance products or estimated losses and loss adjustment expenses. Such actions could adversely affect our results of operations.

Because our business depends on insurance brokers and program administrators, we are exposed to certain risks arising out of our reliance on these distribution channels that could adversely affect our results.

Certain premiums from policyholders, where the business is produced by brokers, are collected directly by the brokers and forwarded to our insurance subsidiaries. In certain jurisdictions, when the insured pays its policy premium to its broker for payment to us, the premium might be considered to have been paid under applicable insurance laws and regulations. Accordingly, the insured would no longer be liable to us for those amounts, whether or not we have actually received the premium from the broker. Consequently, we assume a degree of credit risk associated with the brokers with which we work. We review the financial condition of potential new brokers before we agree to transact business with them. Although the failure by any of our brokers to remit premiums to us has not been material to date, there may be instances where our brokers collect premiums but do not remit them to us and we may be required under applicable law to provide the coverage set forth in the policy despite the related premiums not being paid to us. Additionally, the loss or disruption of business of a number of our agents and brokers or the failure or inability of these agents and brokers to successfully market our insurance products, including impacts related to the Pandemic, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Because the possibility of these events occurring depends in large part upon the financial condition and internal operations of our brokers, we monitor broker behavior and review financial information on an as-needed basis. If we are unable to collect premiums from our brokers in the future, our underwriting profits may decline and our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Our failure to accurately and timely evaluate and pay claims could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We must accurately and timely evaluate and pay claims that are made under our policies. Many factors affect our ability to pay claims accurately and timely, including the training and experience of our claims representatives, including our third party claims administrators (“TPAs”), the effectiveness of our management, and our ability to develop or select and implement appropriate procedures and systems to support our claims functions and other factors. Our failure to pay claims accurately and timely could lead to regulatory and administrative actions or material litigation,

34


undermine our reputation in the marketplace and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

In addition, if we do not manage our TPAs effectively, or if our TPAs are unable to effectively handle our volume of claims, our ability to handle an increasing workload could be adversely affected. In addition to potentially requiring that growth be slowed in the affected markets, our business could suffer from decreased quality of claims work which, in turn, could adversely affect our operating margins.

We may act based on inaccurate or incomplete information regarding the accounts we underwrite.

We rely on information provided by insureds or their representatives when underwriting insurance policies. While we may make inquiries to validate or supplement the information provided, we may make underwriting decisions based on incorrect or incomplete information. It is possible that we will misunderstand the nature or extent of the activities or facilities and the corresponding extent of the risks that we insure because of our reliance on inadequate or inaccurate information.

Our employees could take excessive risks, which could negatively affect our financial condition and business.

As an insurance enterprise, we are in the business of binding certain risks. The employees who conduct our business, including executive officers and other members of management, underwriters, product managers and other employees, do so in part by making decisions and choices that involve exposing us to risk. These include decisions such as setting underwriting guidelines and standards, product design and pricing, determining which business opportunities to pursue, and other decisions. We endeavor, in the design and implementation of our compensation programs and practices, to avoid giving our employees incentives to take excessive risks. Employees may, however, take such risks regardless of the structure of our compensation programs and practices. Similarly, although we employ controls and procedures designed to monitor employees’ business decisions and prevent them from taking excessive risks, these controls and procedures may not be effective. If our employees take excessive risks, the impact of those risks could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and business operations.

We may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available or may only be available on unfavorable terms.

Our future capital requirements depend on many factors, including our ability to write new business successfully and to establish premium rates and reserves at levels sufficient to cover losses. Many factors will affect the amount and timing of our capital needs, including our growth rate and profitability, our claims experience, and the availability of reinsurance, market disruptions, and other unforeseeable developments. If we need to raise additional capital, equity or debt financing may not be available at all or may be available only on terms that are not favorable to us. In the case of equity financings, dilution to our stockholders could result. In the case of debt financings, we may be subject to covenants that restrict our ability to freely operate our business. In any case, such securities may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of the shares of common stock offered hereby. If we cannot obtain adequate capital on favorable terms or at all, we may not have sufficient funds to implement our operating plans and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We may not be able to manage our growth effectively.

We intend to grow our business in the future, which could require additional capital, systems development and skilled personnel. However, we must be able to meet our capital needs, expand our systems and our internal controls effectively, allocate our human resources optimally, identify and hire qualified employees and effectively incorporate the components of any businesses we may acquire in our effort to achieve growth. The failure to manage our growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

35


If actual renewals of our existing contracts do not meet expectations, our written premium in future years and our future results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Most of our contracts are written for a one-year term. In our financial forecasting process, we make assumptions about the rates of renewal of our prior year’s contracts. The insurance and reinsurance industries have historically been cyclical businesses with intense competition, often based on price. If actual renewals do not meet expectations or if we choose not to write a renewal because of pricing conditions, our written premium in future years and our future operations would be materially adversely affected.

In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2020, we purchased the renewal rights of certain Hawaii Hurricane policies from another insurance company. There is no guarantee that current policyholders will renew their Hurricane policies with the us and the ultimate impact of this purchase on our written premiums is uncertain and may be below our expectations.

If we are unable to successfully scale our new excess and surplus insurance company, our business and future prospects may be harmed.

We recently launched our excess and surplus lines (E&S) insurance product offerings via our recently formed surplus lines subsidiary, PESIC. The E&S market is highly competitive and many of our competitors are better capitalized and have a longer history in the market. While we believe that the underwriting acumen and market expertise we have established through our admitted insurance company, PSIC, can be applied to the surplus lines market as well, there can be no assurances that we will be successful in accurately analyzing risks and scaling a profitable operation in the E&S market. If we are unable to underwrite profitably in the E&S market, our business and future prospects may be adversely impacted.

We may change our underwriting guidelines or our strategy without stockholder approval.

Our management has the authority to change our underwriting guidelines or our strategy without notice to our stockholders and without stockholder approval. As a result, we may make fundamental changes to our operations without stockholder approval, which could result in our pursuing a strategy or implementing underwriting guidelines that may be materially different from the strategy or underwriting guidelines described in our public filings.

Our operating results have in the past varied from quarter to quarter and may not be indicative of our long-term prospects.

Our operating results are subject to fluctuation and have historically varied from quarter to quarter. We expect our quarterly results to continue to fluctuate in the future due to a number of factors, including the general economic conditions in the markets where we operate, the frequency of occurrence or severity of catastrophe or other insured events, fluctuating interest rates, claims exceeding our loss reserves, competition in our industry, deviations from expected premium retention rates of our existing policies and contracts, adverse investment performance, and the cost of reinsurance coverage. Additionally, the rapid development and fluidity of the Pandemic precludes any prediction as to the ultimate impact of COVID-19 on our business. The full extent of the impact and effects of COVID-19 on our business, operations, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations remain uncertain at this time.

We seek to underwrite products and make investments to achieve favorable returns on tangible stockholders’ equity over the long term. Our opportunistic nature and focus on long-term growth in tangible equity may result in fluctuations in gross written premiums from period to period as we concentrate on underwriting contracts that we believe will generate better long-term, rather than short-term, results. Accordingly, our short-term results of operations may not be indicative of our long-term prospects.

36


Risks related to the Economic Environment

The effects of the Pandemic have significantly affected the global and U.S. economies and financial markets, and may further disrupt our operations and the operations of our insureds, agents, and third parties upon which we rely.

The current Pandemic has caused significant disruption in the global and U.S. economies and financial markets. The spread of COVID-19 has caused illness, quarantines, cancellation of events and travel, business and school closures, reduction in business activity, increased unemployment, supply chain interruptions, and overall economic and financial market instability. There continue to be significant reported cases of infected individuals throughout the United States and globally. Impacts to our business could be widespread and material impacts may result, including but not limited to, the following:

employees contracting COVID-19;
reductions in our operating effectiveness as our employees work from home;
unavailability of key personnel necessary to conduct our business activities;
volatility in financial markets that could materially affect our investment portfolio valuations and returns;
government mandates and/or legislative changes, including premium grace periods and presumed Pandemic compensability for all or certain insured groups;
increases in frequency and/or severity of compensable claims;
increased credit risk;
business disruption to independent insurance agents and brokers and/or our partners that market and sell our insurance products; and
business disruptions to third parties that we outsource certain business functions to and whose technology upon which we rely.

We are taking precautions to protect the safety and well-being of our employees while providing uninterrupted service to our policyholders and claimants. However, no assurance can be given that these actions will be sufficient, nor can we predict the level of disruption that will occur to our employees' ability to continue to provide customer support and service as they work from home. Furthermore, the macroeconomic effects of the Pandemic may persist for an indefinite period, even after the pandemic has subsided, which could negatively impact demand for our insurance products in the future and result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Adverse economic factors, including recession, inflation, periods of high unemployment or lower economic activity could result in the sale of fewer policies than expected or an increase in the frequency of claims and premium defaults, and even the falsification of claims, or a combination of these effects, which, in turn, could affect our growth and profitability.

Factors, such as business revenue, economic conditions, the volatility and strength of the capital markets, and inflation can affect the business and economic environment. These same factors affect our ability to generate revenue and profits. In an economic downturn that is characterized by higher unemployment, declining spending, and reduced corporate revenue, the demand for insurance products is generally adversely affected, which directly affects our premium levels and profitability. Negative economic factors may also affect our ability to receive the appropriate rate for the risk we insure with our policyholders and may adversely affect the number of policies we can write, and our opportunities to underwrite profitable business. In an economic downturn, our customers may have less need for insurance coverage, cancel or cease payment on existing insurance policies, modify their coverage, or not renew the policies they hold with us. Existing policyholders may exaggerate or even falsify claims to obtain higher claims payments. These outcomes would reduce our underwriting profit to the extent these factors are not reflected in the rates we charge.

37


We underwrite a significant portion of our insurance in California and Texas. Any economic downturn in either state could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Performance of our investment portfolio is subject to a variety of investment risks that may adversely affect our financial results.

Our results of operations depend, in part, on the performance of our investment portfolio. We seek to hold a diversified portfolio of investments that is managed by a professional investment advisory management firm in accordance with our investment policy and routinely reviewed by our Board of Directors. Our investments are subject to general economic conditions and market risks as well as risks inherent to particular securities.

Our primary market risk exposures relate to changes in interest rates and credit quality considerations. Future increases in interest rates could cause the values of our fixed maturity securities portfolios to decline, with the magnitude of the decline depending on the duration of securities included in our portfolio and the amount by which interest rates increase. Some fixed maturity securities have call or prepayment options, which create possible reinvestment risk in declining rate environments. Other fixed maturity securities, such as mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, carry prepayment risk or, in a rising interest rate environment, may not prepay as quickly as expected.

The value of our investment portfolio is subject to the risk that certain investments may default or become impaired due to deterioration in the financial condition of one or more issuers of the securities we hold, or due to deterioration in the financial condition of an insurer that guarantees an issuer’s payments on such investments. Downgrades in the credit ratings of fixed maturities also have a significant negative effect on the market valuation of such securities.

Such factors could reduce our net investment income and result in realized investment losses. Our investment portfolio is subject to increased valuation uncertainties when investment markets are illiquid. The valuation of investments is more subjective when markets are illiquid, thereby increasing the risk that the estimated fair value (i.e., the carrying amount) of the securities we hold in our portfolio does not reflect prices at which actual transactions would occur.

We also invest in marketable equity securities, generally through mutual funds and exchange-traded funds that provide exposure to the U.S. investment-grade bond market. These securities are carried on the balance sheet at fair market value and are subject to potential losses and declines in market value. Our equity invested assets totaled $24.3 million as of December 31, 2020.

Risks for all types of securities are managed through the application of our investment policy, which establishes investment parameters that include but are not limited to, maximum percentages of investment in certain types of securities and minimum levels of credit quality, which we believe are within applicable guidelines established by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”), the Oregon Division of Financial Regulation and the California and Arizona Departments of Insurance.

Although we seek to preserve our capital, we cannot be certain that our investment objectives will be achieved, and results may vary substantially over time. In addition, although we seek to employ investment strategies that are not correlated with our insurance and reinsurance exposures, losses in our investment portfolio may occur at the same time as underwriting losses and, therefore, exacerbate the adverse effect of the losses on us.

Our investment portfolio could also be adversely impacted by ratings downgrades, increased bankruptcies and credit spread widenings caused by economic downturns from pandemics or other events. Severe economic downturns could cause impairments in our fixed income portfolio. In addition, declines in fixed income yields would result in decreases in net investment income from future investment activity, including re-investments.

38


We could be forced to sell investments to meet our liquidity requirements.

We invest the premiums we receive from our insureds until they are needed to pay policyholder claims. Consequently, we seek to manage the duration of our investment portfolio based on the duration of our losses and loss adjustment expense reserves to provide sufficient liquidity and avoid having to liquidate investments to fund claims. Risks such as inadequate losses and loss adjustment reserves or unfavorable trends in litigation could potentially result in the need to sell investments to fund these liabilities. We may not be able to sell our investments at favorable prices or at all. Sales could result in significant realized losses depending on the conditions of the general market, interest rates, and credit issues with individual securities.

Risks related to Technology

We employ third-party licensed software for use in our business, and the inability to maintain these licenses or problems with the software we license could result in increased costs and reduced operational efficiency and service levels, which would adversely affect our business.

Multiple areas of our business rely on certain third-party software obtained under licenses from other companies. We anticipate that we will continue to rely on such third-party software in the future. Unforeseen issues may arise in third-party software platforms which may have an adverse impact on our operations. Integration of new third-party software or modifications to our existing third-party software may require substantial investment of our time and resources. The inability to integrate or operate third-party software successfully or the inadequacy of third-party software may have a material adverse impact on our operations. Our use of additional or alternative third-party software would require us to enter into license agreements with third parties, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Many of the risks associated with the use of third-party software cannot be eliminated, and these risks could negatively affect our business.

Additionally, the software powering our technology systems incorporates software covered by open source licenses. The terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that the licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to operate our systems. In the event that portions of our proprietary software are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code or re-engineer all or a portion of our technology systems, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value of our technology systems. Such risk could be difficult or impossible to eliminate and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The failure of our information technology and telecommunications systems could adversely affect our business.

Our business is highly dependent upon our information technology and telecommunications systems, including our underwriting system. We rely on these systems to interact with brokers and insureds, to underwrite business, to prepare policies and process premiums, to perform actuarial and other modeling functions, to process claims and make claims payments, and to prepare internal and external financial statements and information. Some of these systems may include or rely on third-party systems not located on our premises or under our control. Events such as natural catastrophes, pandemics (including the COVID-19 Pandemic), terrorist attacks, industrial accidents or computer viruses may cause our systems to fail or be inaccessible for extended periods of time. While we have implemented business contingency plans and other reasonable plans to protect our systems, sustained or repeated system failures or service denials could severely limit our ability to write and process new and renewal business, provide customer service, pay claims in a timely manner or otherwise operate in the ordinary course of business.

Our operations depend on the reliable and secure processing, storage, and transmission of confidential and other data and information in our computer systems and networks. Computer viruses, hackers, employee misconduct, and other external hazards could expose our systems to security breaches, cyber-attacks or other disruptions. In addition, we routinely transmit and receive personal, confidential and proprietary data and information by electronic means and are subject to numerous data privacy laws and regulations enacted in the jurisdictions in which we do business, including recent laws in California whose impact on our business are difficult to predict.

39


While we have implemented security measures designed to protect against breaches of security and other interference with our systems and networks, our systems and networks may be, and at times are, subject to breaches or interference. Any such event may result in operational disruptions as well as unauthorized access to or the disclosure or loss of our proprietary information or our customers’ data and information, which in turn may result in legal claims, regulatory scrutiny and liability, reputational damage, the incurrence of costs to eliminate or mitigate further exposure, the loss of customers or affiliated advisors, reputational harm or other damage to our business. In addition, the trend toward general public notification of such incidents could exacerbate the harm to our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if we successfully protect our technology infrastructure and the confidentiality of sensitive data, we could suffer harm to our business and reputation if attempted security breaches are publicized. We cannot be certain that advances in criminal capabilities, discovery of new vulnerabilities, attempts to exploit vulnerabilities in our systems, data thefts, physical system or network break-ins or inappropriate access, or other developments will not compromise or breach the technology or other security measures protecting the networks and systems used in connection with our business.

Recently, the majority of our employees have been working outside of our primary offices as a result of the Pandemic. We believe this additional remote work increases the need for our information technology and telecommunications systems to work properly and creates additional operational risk and difficulty should these systems fail.

Risks Related to Laws and Regulations

We are subject to extensive regulation, which may adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objectives. In addition, if we fail to comply with these regulations, we may be subject to penalties, including fines and suspensions, which may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Palomar Specialty Insurance Company (“PSIC”) is subject to extensive regulation in Oregon, its state of domicile, California, where it is commercially domiciled, and to a lesser degree, the other states in which it operates. Palomar Excess and Surplus Insurance Company (‘‘PESIC’’) is subject to extensive regulation in Arizona, its state of domicile, and to a lesser degree, the other states in which it writes business. Our Bermuda based reinsurance subsidiary, Palomar Specialty Reinsurance Company Bermuda Ltd. (“PSRE”), is subject to regulation in Bermuda.

Most insurance regulations are designed to protect the interests of insurance policyholders, as opposed to the interests of investors or stockholders. These regulations generally are administered by a department of insurance in each state and relate to, among other things, capital and surplus requirements, investment and underwriting limitations, affiliate transactions, dividend limitations, changes in control, solvency and a variety of other financial and non-financial aspects of our business. Significant changes in these laws and regulations could further limit our discretion or make it more expensive to conduct our business. State insurance regulators and the Bermuda Monetary Authority (“the BMA”), also conduct periodic examinations of the affairs of insurance and reinsurance companies and require the filing of annual and other reports relating to financial condition, holding company issues and other matters. These regulatory requirements may impose timing and expense constraints that could adversely affect our ability to achieve some or all of our business objectives.

Our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are part of an “insurance holding company system” within the meaning of applicable California, Oregon and Arizona statutes and regulations. As a result of such status, certain transactions between our U.S. insurance subsidiaries and one or more of their affiliates, such as a tax sharing agreement or cost sharing arrangement, may not be effected unless the insurer has provided notice of that transaction to the California Department of Insurance, the Oregon Division of Financial Regulation, or the Arizona Department of Insurance, as applicable, at least 30 days prior to engaging in the transaction and the California Department of Insurance, the Oregon Division of Financial Regulation, or the Arizona Department of Insurance, as applicable, has not disapproved such transaction within the 30-day time period. These prior notification requirements may result in business delays and additional business expenses. If any of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries fail to file a required notification or fail to comply with other applicable insurance regulations in California, Oregon or Arizona, as applicable, we may be subject to significant fines and penalties and our working relationship with the California Department of Insurance, the Oregon Division of Financial Regulation, or the Arizona Department of Insurance, as applicable, may be impaired.

40


In addition, state insurance regulators have broad discretion to deny, suspend, or revoke licenses for various reasons, including the violation of regulations. In some instances, where there is uncertainty as to applicability, we follow practices based on our interpretations of regulations or practices that we believe generally to be followed by the industry. These practices may turn out to be different from the interpretations of regulatory authorities. If we do not have the requisite licenses and approvals or do not comply with applicable regulatory requirements, state insurance regulators could preclude or temporarily suspend us from carrying on some or all of our activities or could otherwise penalize us. This could adversely affect our ability to operate our business. Further, changes in the level of regulation of the insurance industry or changes in laws or regulations themselves or interpretations by regulatory authorities could interfere with our operations and require us to bear additional costs of compliance, which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business.

Our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are subject to risk-based capital requirements, based upon the “risk based capital model” adopted by the NAIC, and other minimum capital and surplus restrictions imposed under Arizona, Oregon and California law. These requirements establish the minimum amount of risk-based capital necessary for a company to support its overall business operations. It identifies property and casualty insurers that may be inadequately capitalized by looking at certain inherent risks of each insurer’s assets and liabilities and its mix of net written premium. Insurers falling below a calculated threshold may be subject to varying degrees of regulatory action, including supervision, rehabilitation or liquidation. Failure by any of our U.S. subsidiaries to maintain risk-based capital at the required levels could adversely affect their ability to maintain regulatory authority to conduct business.

PSRE is subject to regulation from the European Union. The European Union adopted the Economic Substance Act 2018 and the Economic Substance Regulations 2018 (together, the “ES Requirements”). As an insurance company, our Bermuda subsidiary conducts a relevant activity and will be subject to the ES Requirements. As a result, our Bermuda subsidiary may be required to change or increase our business operations in Bermuda to meet the new requirements. Compliance with the ES Requirements is required with effect from July 1, 2019.

Unexpected changes in the interpretation of our coverage or provisions, including loss limitations and exclusions, in our policies could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

There can be no assurances that specifically negotiated loss limitations or exclusions in our policies will be enforceable in the manner we intend. As industry practices and legal, judicial, social, and other conditions change, unexpected and unintended issues related to claims and coverage may emerge. For example, many of our policies limit the period during which a policyholder may bring a claim, which may be shorter than the statutory period under which such claims can be brought against our policyholders. While these limitations and exclusions help us assess and mitigate our loss exposure, it is possible that a court or regulatory authority or an executive action could nullify or void a limitation or exclusion, such as limitations on business interruption claims caused by pandemics or other crises, or legislation could be enacted modifying or barring the use of such limitations or exclusions. These types of governmental actions could result in higher than anticipated losses and loss adjustment expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. In addition, court decisions, such as the 1995 Montrose decision in California could read policy exclusions narrowly so as to expand coverage, thereby requiring insurers to create and write new exclusions.

These issues may adversely affect our business by either broadening coverage beyond our underwriting intent or by increasing the frequency or severity of claims. In some instances, these changes may not become apparent until sometime after we have issued insurance contracts that are affected by the changes. As a result, the full extent of liability under our insurance contracts may not be known for many years after a contract is issued.

We may become subject to additional government or market regulation, which may have a material adverse impact on our business.

Our business could be adversely affected by changes in state laws, including those relating to asset and reserve valuation requirements, surplus requirements, limitations on investments and dividends, enterprise risk and risk-based capital requirements, and, at the federal level, by laws and regulations that may affect certain aspects of the insurance industry, including proposals for preemptive federal regulation. The U.S. federal government generally has not directly

41


regulated the insurance industry except for certain areas of the market, such as insurance for flood, nuclear and terrorism risks. However, the federal government has undertaken initiatives or considered legislation in several areas that may affect the insurance industry, including tort reform, corporate governance and the taxation of reinsurance companies. In addition, the Bermuda reinsurance regulatory framework has become subject to increased scrutiny in many jurisdictions. As a result, the BMA has implemented and imposed additional requirements on the companies it regulates, which requirements could adversely impact the operations of PSRE.

Any government mandates and/or legislative changes related to the ongoing Pandemic, including mandated premium refunds or credits and extended premium grace periods, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Premium grace periods could significantly increase our expenses while decreasing our short-term revenues which would adversely impact our liquidity.

Changes in tax laws as a result of the enactment of tax legislation could impact our operations and profitability.

Legislation commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“the Tax Act”) was signed into law on December 22, 2017. The Tax Act made significant changes to the U.S. federal income tax rules for taxation of individuals and corporations, generally effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017. In the case of individuals, the tax brackets have been adjusted, the top federal income rate has been reduced to 37%, special rules have reduced taxation of certain income earned through pass-through entities and various deductions have been eliminated or limited, including limiting the deduction for state and local taxes to $10,000 per year, decreasing the mortgage interest deduction on new homes to $750,000 and eliminating the home equity line of credit interest deduction for loans that are not considered home acquisition debt.

Changes in these deductions may affect taxpayers in states with high residential home prices and high state and local taxes, such as California, and may also negatively impact the housing market. This in turn may negatively impact our growth in these markets if there is lower demand in the housing market as a consequence of the Tax Act.

If states increase the assessments that we are required to pay, our business, financial condition and results of operations would suffer.

Certain jurisdictions in which PSIC is admitted to transact business require property and casualty insurers doing business within that jurisdiction to participate in insurance guaranty associations. These organizations pay contractual benefits owed pursuant to insurance policies issued by impaired, insolvent or failed insurers. They levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on all member insurers in a particular state on the basis of the proportionate share of the premiums written by member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired, insolvent or failed insurer is engaged. States may also assess admitted companies in order to fund their respective department of insurance operations. Some states permit member insurers to recover assessments paid through full or partial premium tax offset or in limited circumstances by surcharging policyholders.

PSIC is licensed to conduct insurance operations on an admitted basis in 32 states. As PSIC grows, its share of any assessments in each state in which it underwrites business on an admitted basis may increase. PSIC paid assessments of $1.1 million in 2018, $14,750 in 2019 and $0.4 million in 2020. The increase in assessments paid during 2018 was primarily amounts assessed by the Texas Windstorm Insurance Association and Texas Fair Plan Association relating to Hurricane Harvey, with such amounts recovered from our reinsurers. We cannot predict with certainty the amount of future assessments, because they depend on factors outside our control, such as insolvencies of other insurance companies as well as the occurrence of significant catastrophes similar to Hurricane Harvey. Generally speaking, assessments are covered by our catastrophe XOL treaties and, to the extent we have experienced a net loss from an event in excess of our net retention, assessments would be recovered from our reinsurers with no additional expense to us. However, although reinsurance makes the reinsurer liable to us to the extent the risk is transferred or ceded to the reinsurer, it does not relieve us (the ceding insurer) of our primary liability to our policyholders. Significant assessments could result in higher than expected operating expenses and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, while some states permit member insurers to recover assessments paid through full or partial premium tax offset or, in limited circumstances, by surcharging policyholders, there is no certainty that offsets or surcharges will be permitted in connection with any future assessments.

42


Because we are a holding company and substantially all of our operations are conducted by our insurance subsidiaries, our ability to pay dividends depends on our ability to obtain cash dividends or other permitted payments from our insurance subsidiaries.

The continued operation and growth of our business will require substantial capital. We do not intend to declare and pay cash dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Because we are a holding company with no business operations of our own, our ability to pay dividends to stockholders largely depends on dividends and other distributions from our insurance subsidiaries, PSIC, PESIC and PSRE. State insurance laws, including the laws of Oregon, California, Arizona, and the laws of Bermuda restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to declare stockholder dividends. State insurance regulators require insurance companies to maintain specified levels of statutory capital and surplus. The maximum dividend distribution absent the approval or non-disapproval of the insurance regulatory authority in Oregon, California and Arizona is limited by Oregon law at ORS 732.576, California law at Cal. Ins. Code 1215.5(g) and Arizona Revised Statute 20-481. Under Oregon statute, dividend payments from PSIC are further limited to that part of available policyholder surplus that is derived from net profits on our business. State insurance regulators have broad powers to prevent the reduction of statutory surplus to inadequate levels, and there is no assurance that dividends up to the maximum amounts calculated under any applicable formula would be permitted. Moreover, state insurance regulators that have jurisdiction over the payment of dividends by PSIC and PESIC may in the future adopt statutory provisions more restrictive than those currently in effect.

PSRE is highly regulated and is required to comply with various conditions before it is able to pay dividends or make distributions to us. Bermuda law, including the Insurance Act 1978, as amended (“Insurance Act”) and the Companies Act 1981, as amended (“Companies Act”) impose restrictions on PSRE’s ability to pay dividends to us based on solvency margins and surplus and capital requirements. These restrictions, and any other future restrictions adopted by the BMA, could have the effect, under certain circumstances, of significantly reducing dividends or other amounts payable to us by PSRE without affirmative approval of the BMA.

Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. Consequently, investors may need to sell all or part of their holdings of our common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking immediate cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

The effects of litigation on our business are uncertain and could have an adverse effect on our business.

As is typical in our industry, we continually face risks associated with litigation of various types, including disputes relating to insurance claims under our policies as well as other general commercial and corporate litigation. Although we are not currently involved in any material litigation with our customers, other members of the insurance industry are the target of class action lawsuits and other types of litigation, some of which involve claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts, and the outcomes of which are unpredictable. This litigation is based on a variety of issues, including insurance and claim settlement practices. We cannot predict with any certainty whether we will be involved in such litigation in the future or what impact such litigation would have on our business.

We rely on the use of credit scoring in pricing and underwriting certain of our insurance policies and any legal or regulatory requirements that restrict our ability to access credit score information could decrease the accuracy of our pricing and underwriting process and thus decrease our ability to be profitable.

We use credit scoring as a factor in pricing and underwriting decisions where allowed by state law. Consumer groups and regulators have questioned whether the use of credit scoring unfairly discriminates against some groups of people and are calling for laws and regulations to prohibit or restrict the use of credit scoring in underwriting and pricing. Laws or regulations that significantly curtail or regulate the use of credit scoring, if enacted in a large number of states in which we operate, could impact the integrity of our pricing and underwriting processes, which could, in turn, materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and make it harder for us to be profitable over time.

43


Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our intellectual property, proprietary technology platform and brand, or we may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights.

Our success and ability to compete depend in part on our intellectual property, which includes our rights in our proprietary technology platform and our brand. We primarily rely on copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, and confidentiality agreements with our employees, customers, service providers, partners and others to protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may be inadequate. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Additionally, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability and scope of our intellectual property rights. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our brand and adversely impact our business.

Our success also depends in part on us not infringing on the intellectual property rights of others. Our competitors, as well as a number of other entities and individuals, may own or claim to own intellectual property relating to our industry. In the future, third parties may claim that we are infringing on their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing on such rights. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our services, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. Even if we were to prevail in such a dispute, any litigation could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.

Changes in accounting practices and future pronouncements may materially affect our reported financial results.

Developments in accounting practices may require us to incur considerable additional expenses to comply, particularly if we are required to prepare information relating to prior periods for comparative purposes or to apply the new requirements retroactively. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). The impact of changes in GAAP cannot be predicted but may affect the calculation of net income, stockholders’ equity and other relevant financial statement line items.

In addition to compliance with GAAP on a consolidated basis, PSIC, PESIC, and PSRE are required to comply with statutory accounting principles (“SAP”). SAP and various components of SAP are subject to constant review by the NAIC and its task forces and committees, as well as state insurance departments, in an effort to address emerging issues and otherwise improve financial reporting. Various proposals are pending before committees and task forces of the NAIC, some of which, if enacted, could have negative effects on insurance industry participants. The NAIC continuously examines existing laws and regulations. We cannot predict whether or in what form such reforms will be enacted and, if so, whether the enacted reforms will positively or negatively affect us.

We incur significant costs as a public company, and our management is required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations.

As a public company, we incur certain legal, accounting and other expenses that we would not incur as a private company. We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, which require, among other things, that we file with the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition and therefore we need to have the ability to prepare financial statements that comply with all SEC reporting requirements on a timely basis. In addition, we are subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, including certain requirements of and certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which impose significant compliance obligations upon us. In particular, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our compliance with Section 404 requires that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We must maintain accounting and financial staff and consultants with

44


appropriate public company reporting, technical accounting, and internal control knowledge to satisfy the ongoing requirements of Section 404 and provide internal audit services.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq, have increased regulation of, and imposed enhanced disclosure and corporate governance requirements on, public companies. Our efforts to comply with these evolving laws, regulations and standards increases our operating costs and divert management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities.

These requirements also place significant additional demands on our finance and accounting staff and on our financial accounting and information systems. We must retain accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company reporting experience and technical accounting knowledge. Other expenses associated with being a public company include increased auditing, accounting and legal fees and expenses, investor relations expenses, increased directors’ fees and director and officer liability insurance costs, registrar and transfer agent fees and listing fees, as well as other expenses. As a public company, we are required, among other things, to:

prepare and file periodic reports and distribute other stockholder communications, in compliance with the federal securities laws and requirements of Nasdaq;

define and expand the roles and the duties of our Board of Directors and its committees;

institute comprehensive compliance and investor relations functions; and

evaluate and maintain our system of internal control over financial reporting, and report on management’s assessment thereof, in compliance with rules and regulations of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

We may not be successful in complying with these requirements, and compliance with them could materially adversely affect our business. These requirements increase our costs and may cause us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. For example, these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, our Board committees or as executive officers.

In addition, if we fail to implement and maintain the required controls with respect to our internal accounting and audit functions, our ability to report our results of operations on a timely and accurate basis could be impaired. If we do not implement the required controls in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC or Nasdaq. Any such action could harm our reputation and the confidence of our investors and customers and could negatively affect our business and cause the price of our shares of common stock to decline.

We are required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to achieve and maintain effective internal controls, our operating results and financial condition could be harmed and the market price of our common stock may be negatively affected.

As a public company with SEC reporting obligations, we are required to document and test our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires annual assessments by management of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with this Annual Report on form 10-K. We must implement and maintain substantial internal control systems and procedures to satisfy the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act.

During our assessments, we may identify deficiencies that we are unable to remediate in a timely manner. Testing and maintaining our internal control over financial reporting may also divert management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley. If we conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, the cost and scope of remediation actions and their effect on our operations may be significant. Moreover, any material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our internal

45


control over financial reporting may impede our ability to file timely and accurate reports with the SEC. Any of the above could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information or our common stock listing on Nasdaq to be suspended or terminated, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Applicable insurance laws may make it difficult to effect a change of control.

Under applicable Oregon, California and Arizona insurance laws and regulations, no person may acquire control of a domestic insurer until written approval is obtained from the state insurance commissioner following a public hearing on the proposed acquisition. Such approval would be contingent upon the state insurance commissioner’s consideration of a number of factors including, among others, the financial strength of the proposed acquiror, the acquiror’s plans for the future operations of the domestic insurer and any anti-competitive results that may arise from the consummation of the acquisition of control. Oregon, California and Arizona insurance laws and regulations pertaining to changes of control apply to both the direct and indirect acquisition of ten percent or more of the voting stock of an insurer domiciled in that state. Accordingly, the acquisition of ten percent or more of our common stock would be considered an indirect change of control of Palomar Holdings, Inc. and would trigger the applicable change of control filing requirements under Oregon, California and Arizona insurance laws and regulations, absent a disclaimer of control filing and its acceptance by the Oregon, California and Arizona Insurance Departments. These requirements may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of Palomar Holdings, Inc., including through transactions that some or all of the stockholders of Palomar Holdings, Inc. might consider to be desirable.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

Future transactions where we raise capital may negatively affect our stock price.

We are currently a “Well-Known Seasoned Issuer” and may file automatic shelf registration statements at any time with the SEC. Sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock or other securities under our current or future shelf registration statements could lower the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities.

Our operating results and stock price may be volatile, or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and holders of our common stock could lose all or part of their investment.

Our quarterly operating results are likely to fluctuate in the future as a publicly traded company. In addition, securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could subject the market price of our shares to wide price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. Although we believe we have adequate sources of liquidity over the short- and long-term, the success of our operations, the global economic outlook, and the pace of sustainable growth in our markets, in each case, in light of the market volatility and uncertainty as a result of the Pandemic, among other factors, could impact our business and liquidity. You should consider an investment in our common stock to be risky, and you should invest in our common stock only if you can withstand a significant loss and wide fluctuation in the market value of your investment. The market price of our common stock is likely to continue to be subject to significant fluctuations in response to the factors described in this “Risk Factors” section and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:

market conditions in the broader stock market;

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;

introduction of new products or services by us or our competitors;

issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

results of operations that vary from expectations of securities analysis and investors;

46


short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions in our common stock;

guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance or our failure to meet this guidance;

strategic actions by us or our competitors;

announcement by us, our competitors or our acquisition targets;

sales, or anticipated sales, of large blocks of our stock, including by our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders;

additions or departures in our Board or Directors, senior management or other key personnel;

regulatory, legal or political developments;

public response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC;

litigation and governmental investigations;

changing economic conditions, including those caused by the Pandemic;

changes in accounting principles;

any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future;

default under agreements governing our indebtedness;

exposure to capital and credit market risks that adversely affect our investment portfolio or our capital resources;

changes in our credit ratings;

exchange rate fluctuations; and

other events or factors, including those from natural disasters, war, pandemics, acts of terrorism, or responses to these events.

The securities markets have from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of these factors, investors in our common stock may not be able to resell their shares at or above the price at which they purchased their shares. These broad market fluctuations, as well as general market, economic and political conditions, such as recessions, loss of investor confidence or interest rate changes, may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

In addition, the stock markets, including Nasdaq, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. If any of the foregoing occurs, it could cause our stock price to fall and may expose us to securities class action litigation that, even if unsuccessful, could be costly to defend, divert management’s attention and resources or harm our business.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could delay a change in management and limit our share price.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us even if such a change in control would increase the value of our common stock and prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current Board of Directors or management.

47


Our charter documents contain anti-takeover provisions that will hinder takeover attempts and could reduce the market value of our common stock or prevent sale at a premium. Our anti-takeover provisions:

permit the Board of Directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships;

provide that our Board of Directors are classified into three classes with staggered, three year terms and that directors may only be removed for cause;

require super-majority voting to amend provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

include blank-check preferred stock, the preference, rights and other terms of which may be set by the Board of Directors and could delay or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise benefit our stockholders;

eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our Board of Directors, the chairman of our Board of Directors, or our chief executive officer;

prohibit stockholder action by other than unanimous written consent;

provide that vacancies on our Board of Directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors; and

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a period of time.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for the following civil actions:

any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents or our stockholders;

any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware;

any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or

any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

However, this provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. Furthermore, this provision applies to Securities Act claims and Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provision, and our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. This choice of forum provision, if enforced, may limit a stockholder’s ability to

48


bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock depends, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business and our industry. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrades our common stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “expects”, “plans”, “anticipates”, “could”, “intends”, “target”, “projects”, “contemplates”, “believes”, “estimates”, “predicts”, “would”, “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. These forward-looking statements include, among others, statements relating to our future financial performance, our business prospects and strategy, anticipated financial position, liquidity and capital needs and other similar matters. These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions about future events, which are inherently subject to uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict.

Our actual results may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as a result of various factors, including, among others:

claims arising from unpredictable and severe catastrophe events could reduce our earnings and stockholders’ equity and limit our ability to underwrite new insurance policies;
the inability to purchase third-party reinsurance or otherwise expand our catastrophe coverage in amounts that are commercially acceptable to us or on terms that adequately protect us;
the inherent uncertainty of models resulting in actual losses that are materially different than our estimates;
we and our customers could be negatively and adversely impacted by The Pandemic;
a decline in our financial strength rating adversely affecting the amount of business we write;
reinsurance counterparty credit risk;
the concentration of our business in California and Texas;
the potential loss of one or more key executives or an inability to attract and retain qualified personnel adversely affecting our results of operations;

49


our reliance on a select group of brokers;
the failure of any of the loss limitations or exclusions we employ, or changes in other claims or coverage issues, having a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations;
unexpected changes in the interpretation of our coverage or provisions;
adverse economic factors, including recession, inflation, periods of high unemployment or lower economic activity resulting in the sale of fewer policies than expected or an increase in frequency or severity of claims and premium defaults or both, affecting our growth and profitability;
the performance of our investment portfolio adversely affecting our financial results;
being forced to sell investments to meet our liquidity requirements;
extensive regulation adversely affecting our ability to achieve our business objectives or the failure to comply with these regulations adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations;
we may become subject to additional government or market regulation;
the possibility that states could increase the assessments that Palomar Specialty Insurance Company is required to pay;
the ability to pay dividends being dependent on our ability to obtain cash dividends or other permitted payments from our insurance subsidiary;
fluctuation and variance in our operating results;
the possibility that we act based on inaccurate or incomplete information regarding the accounts we underwrite;
our employees, underwriters and other associates taking excessive risks;
our inability to obtain future additional capital or obtaining additional capital on unfavorable terms;
the failure of our information technology and telecommunications systems;
our inability to protect our trademarks or other intellectual property rights;
our inability to maintain, or errors in, our third-party and open source licensed software;
the inability to manage our growth effectively;
the intense competition for business in our industry;
the failure of renewals of our existing contracts to meet expectations could affect our written premiums in the future;
our inability to underwrite risks accurately and charge competitive yet profitable rates to our policyholders;
the effects of litigation having an adverse effect on our business;

50


changes in accounting practices;
our failure to accurately and timely pay claims;
legal or regulatory requirements that restrict our ability to access credit score information for purposes of pricing and underwriting our insurance policies;
increased costs as a result of being a public company; and
the failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Sarbanes-Oxley.

We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, business strategy and financial needs. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors described in the section captioned “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K include additional factors that could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Furthermore, new risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

You should read this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the documents that we reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and have filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K relate only to events as of the date on which such statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or to conform such statements to actual results or revised expectations, except as required by law.

Item 1B: Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Our primary executive offices and insurance operations are located in La Jolla, California, which occupy approximately 14,700 square feet of office space for annual rent and rent-related operating payments of approximately $0.7 million. The lease for this space expires in 2024. We also lease office space in various locations throughout the United States which we use for operations and administration.

We do not own any real property. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs.

51


Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are subject to routine legal proceedings in the normal course of operating our insurance business. We are not involved in any legal proceedings which reasonably could be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common shares began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PLMR” on April 17, 2019. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common shares. As of March 3, 2021, there were approximately 11 holders of record of our common stock. Because most of our shares of common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of our stockholders, this number is not representative our total stockholders.

The continued operation and growth of our business will require substantial capital. We do not intend to declare and pay cash dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Because we are a holding company with no business operations of our own, our ability to pay dividends to stockholders largely depends on dividends and other distributions from our U.S. subsidiaries, PESIC and PSIC, and our Bermuda subsidiary, PSRE. State insurance laws, including the laws of Arizona, Oregon and California, and the laws of Bermuda restrict the ability these subsidiaries to declare stockholder dividends. State insurance regulators require insurance companies to maintain specified levels of statutory capital and surplus and restrict dividend payments. Dividend payments are further limited to that part of available policyholder surplus that is derived from net profits on our business. State insurance regulators have broad powers to prevent the reduction of statutory surplus to inadequate levels, and there is no assurance that dividends up to the maximum amounts calculated under any applicable formula would be permitted. Moreover, state insurance regulators may in the future adopt statutory provisions more restrictive than those currently in effect.

Our Bermuda reinsurance subsidiary is highly regulated and is required to comply with various conditions before it is able to pay dividends or make distributions to us. Bermuda law, including the Insurance Act 1978, as amended (“Insurance Act”) and the Companies Act 1981, as amended (“Companies Act”) impose restrictions on our Bermuda reinsurance subsidiary’s ability to pay dividends to us based on solvency margins and surplus and capital requirements. These restrictions, and any other future restrictions adopted by the BMA, could have the effect, under certain circumstances, of significantly reducing dividends or other amounts payable to us by our Bermuda reinsurance subsidiary without affirmative approval of the BMA.

Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. Consequently, investors may need to sell all or part of their holdings of our common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking immediate cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

Performance Graph

The following performance graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return of an investment in (1) our common stock, (2) the cumulative total returns to the Nasdaq Composite Index and (3) the cumulative total returns to the Nasdaq Insurance Index, for the period from April 17, 2019 (the date our common stock began trading on Nasdaq) through December 31, 2020.

52


The graph assumes an initial investment of $100. Such returns are based on historical results and are not indicative of future performance.

Chart, line chart

Description automatically generated

    

April 17, 2019

    

December 31, 2019

    

December 31, 2020

Palomar Holdings, Inc

$

100.00

$

265.88

$

467.83

Nasdaq Composite Index

$

100.00

$

112.21

$

161.18

Nasdaq Insurance Index

$

100.00

$

110.88

$

111.93

Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The following tables present selected consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated below. This selected data has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in any future period. You should read this data together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” also included elsewhere this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

53


 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

Selected Operating Data and Key Ratios

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

(in thousands except shares and per share data)

 

Results of Operations:

 

Gross written premiums

$

354,360

$

251,961

$

154,891

$

120,234

$

82,287

Ceded written premiums

 

(155,102)

 

(108,332)

 

(82,949)

 

(46,951)

 

(29,636)

Net written premiums

 

199,258

 

143,629

 

71,942

 

73,283

 

52,651

Net earned premiums

 

155,068

100,207

69,897

55,545

40,322

Total underwriting revenue (1)

 

158,363

102,878

72,302

56,733

40,582

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

 

64,115

5,593

6,274

12,125

7,292

Underwriting income (loss) (1)

 

(3,877)

8,727

19,847

3,940

5,797

Net income

6,257

10,621

18,219

3,783

6,614

Adjusted net income (1)

8,867

37,879

19,824

3,783

6,614

Per Share Data:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Diluted earnings per share

$

0.24

$

0.49

$

1.07

$

0.22

$

0.39

Diluted adjusted earnings per share (1)

$

0.35

$

1.73

$

1.17

$

0.22

$

0.39

Key Financial and Operating Metrics:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Return on equity

 

2.1

%  

 

6.7

%  

 

20.9

%

 

5.0

%

 

9.6

%

Adjusted return on equity(1)

 

3.0

%  

 

24.1

%  

 

22.7

%

 

5.0

%

 

9.6

%

Loss ratio

 

41.3

%  

 

5.6

%  

 

9.0

%

 

21.8

%

 

18.1

%

Expense ratio

 

61.2

%  

 

85.7

%  

 

62.6

%

 

71.1

%

 

67.5

%

Combined ratio

 

102.5

%  

 

91.3

%  

 

71.6

%

 

92.9

%

 

85.6

%

Adjusted combined ratio (1)

 

100.4

%  

 

63.3

%  

 

69.5

%

 

92.9

%

 

85.6

%

Catastrophe losses

$

50,986

$

$

5,000

$

6,500

$

Catastrophe loss ratio (1)

32.9

%  

%  

7.2

%  

11.7

%  

%  

Adjusted combined ratio excluding catastrophe losses (1)

67.5

%  

63.3

%  

62.4

%  

81.2

%  

85.6

%  

NM-Not Meaningful


(1)Indicates non-GAAP financial measure; see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

December 31,

Selected Balance Sheet Data

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

2017

    

2016

(in thousands)

Total investments

$

422,309

$

239,479

$

147,391

$

125,499

$

104,821

Cash and cash equivalents

 

33,538

 

33,119

 

9,525

 

10,780

 

9,755

Premium receivable

 

48,842

 

36,237

 

18,633

 

15,087

 

11,242

Deferred policy acquisition costs

 

35,481

 

25,201

 

14,052

 

15,161

 

10,654

Reinsurance recoverable

 

104,728

 

17,255

 

14,562

 

14,632

 

1,543

Ceded unearned premiums

 

35,031

 

26,105

 

18,284

 

3,175

 

1,648

Other assets

 

49,163

 

18,066

 

8,687

 

4,021

 

5,469

Total assets

 

729,092

 

395,462

 

231,134

 

188,355

 

145,132

Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities

 

20,730

 

13,555

 

9,245

 

6,497

 

4,259

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses

 

129,036

 

16,821

 

16,061

 

17,784

 

4,778

Unearned premiums

 

183,489

 

130,373

 

79,130

 

61,976

 

42,710

Ceded premium payable

 

22,233

 

11,383

 

10,607

 

5,069

 

1,582

Other liabilities

 

9,891

 

4,774

 

720

 

1,528

 

1,721

Long‑term notes payable

 

 

 

19,079

 

17,087

 

16,973

Total liabilities

 

365,379

 

176,906

 

134,842

 

109,941

 

72,023

Total stockholders’ equity

 

363,713

 

218,556

 

96,292

 

78,414

 

73,109

54


Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion of our historical results of operations and our liquidity and capital resources should be read together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition to historical financial information, this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements.” You should review the “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for factors and uncertainties that may cause our actual future results to be materially different from those in our forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based on information available to us as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are a rapidly growing and innovative insurer focused on providing specialty insurance to residential and commercial customers. Our underwriting and analytical expertise allow us to concentrate on certain markets that we believe are underserved by other insurance companies, such as the markets for earthquake, hurricane and flood insurance. We use proprietary data analytics and a modern technology platform to offer our customers flexible products with customized and granular pricing for both the admitted and excess and surplus lines (“E&S”) markets.

We provide admitted insurance products through our Oregon domiciled insurance company, Palomar Specialty Insurance Company (“PSIC”), and non-admitted insurance products through our Arizona domiciled surplus lines insurance company, Palomar Excess and Surplus Insurance Company (“PESIC”). We distribute our products through multiple channels, including retail agents, program administrators, wholesale brokers, and partnerships with other insurance companies. Our business strategy is supported by a comprehensive risk transfer program with reinsurance coverage that we believe reduces earnings volatility and provides appropriate levels of protection from catastrophic events. Our management team combines decades of insurance industry experience across specialty underwriting, reinsurance, program administration, distribution, and analytics.

Founded in 2014, we have significantly grown our business and have generated attractive returns. We have organically increased gross written premiums from $16.6 million in our first year of operations to $354.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which reflects a compound annual growth rate of approximately 66%. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we experienced average monthly premium retention rates above 93% for our Residential Earthquake and Hawaii Hurricane lines and approximately 87% overall across all lines of business, providing strong visibility into future revenue.

In February 2014, PSIC was awarded an “A−” rating from A.M. Best Company (“A.M. Best”), a leading rating agency for the insurance industry. An “A−” rating is categorized by A.M. Best as an excellent rating and indicates a stable outlook. In April 2020, A.M. Best affirmed the “A−” rating for PSIC and affirmed our “A−” group rating for Palomar Holdings, Inc. (“PHI”). In July 2020, PESIC was also awarded an “A−” rating by A.M. Best. These ratings reflect A.M. Best’s opinion of our financial strength, operating performance, and ability to meet obligations to policyholders and are not an evaluation directed towards the protection of investors.

We received regulatory approval for PESIC during the second quarter of 2020 and capitalized PESIC with approximately $100 million in initial surplus. PESIC is domiciled in the State of Arizona and licensed in Arizona to transact across all our existing lines of business. We believe that the underwriting acumen and market expertise we have established in the admitted insurance market is also applicable to the non-admitted market (also known as the “surplus lines” or “E&S” market), and that PESIC enables us to serve certain risks that our admitted products cannot currently satisfy. We began writing E&S business on a national basis during the third quarter of 2020.

We believe that our market opportunity, distinctive products, and differentiated business model position us to grow our business profitably.

55


COVID-19 Update

The COVID-19 Pandemic ("the Pandemic") continues to impact businesses, households, communities, and financial markets.

In response to the Pandemic, we have been taking several actions to protect the health of the public and our employees while serving our policyholders and ensuring business continuity. Since March 2020, the majority of our employees have been working from home and we have put all business travel on hold indefinitely. We have implemented safeguards for employees in critical roles to ensure operational reliability and established safety protocols for employees who interact directly with the public. We also provide employees a reimbursement to help manage incremental costs associated with remote work. In addition, we are taking extra physical security and cybersecurity measures to safeguard our systems to serve the operational needs of our remote workforce and ensure uninterrupted service to our brokers and policyholders. We will continue to operate in this manner for the foreseeable future.

The mandated closures of certain business due to the Pandemic have caused a slowdown in certain sectors of the economy and a corresponding increase in unemployment. We have experienced an increase in the number of business interruption claims related to the Pandemic. Our All Risk and Commercial Earthquake (Difference in Conditions or “DIC”) policies offer business interruption coverage for insureds for a loss in business income caused by physical damage to the structure. Each of our All Risk policies has a virus and/or communicable disease exclusion. Our DIC policies require physical damage to the structure caused by the covered perils, whether it be an earthquake or flood. We are acknowledging, investigating, assessing and adjudicating each claim received and providing the policyholder requisite consideration.

Our results of operations depend, in part, on the performance of our investment portfolio. During 2020 we experienced volatility in the fair value of our investment portfolio due to unrealized losses and gains on our fixed income securities. The economic impacts of the Pandemic could reduce our net investment income and result in realized investment losses in future periods.

We have not seen a significant change in the growth rate of our gross written premiums since the beginning of the Pandemic. However, adverse events such as health-related concerns about working in our offices, the inability to travel, potential impact on our business partners and customers, and other matters affecting the general work and business environment could harm our business and impact the implementation of our business strategy. The macroeconomic effects of the Pandemic may persist for an indefinite period, even after the Pandemic has subsided and we cannot anticipate all the ways in which the Pandemic could adversely impact our business in the future.

Components of our results of operations

Gross Written Premiums

Gross written premiums are the amounts received or to be received for insurance policies written or assumed by us during a specific period of time without reduction for policy acquisition costs, reinsurance costs or other deductions. The volume of our gross written premiums in any given period is generally influenced by:

Volume of new business submissions in existing products or partnerships;
Binding of new business submissions in existing products or partnerships into policies;
Entrance into new partnerships or the offering of new types of insurance products;
Renewal rates of existing policies; and
Average size and premium rate of bound policies.

Our gross written premiums are also impacted when we assume unearned in-force premiums due to new partnerships or other business reasons. In periods where we assume a large volume of unearned premiums, our gross

56


written premiums may increase significantly compared to prior periods and the increase may not be indicative of future trends.

Ceded Written Premiums

Ceded written premiums are the amount of gross written premiums ceded to reinsurers. We enter into reinsurance contracts to limit our exposure to potential losses and to provide additional capacity for growth. We cede premiums primarily through excess of loss (“XOL”) agreements and quota share agreements. Ceded written premiums are earned pro-rata over the period of risk covered. The volume of our ceded written premiums is impacted by the amount of our gross written premiums and our decisions to increase or decrease limits or retention levels in our XOL agreements and co-participation levels in our quota share agreements.

Our ceded written premiums can be impacted significantly in certain periods due to changes in quota share agreements. In periods where we modify a quota share agreement, ceded written premiums may increase or decrease significantly compared to prior periods and these fluctuations may not be indicative of future trends. In addition, our XOL costs as a percentage of gross earned premiums vary over the life of XOL contracts due to changes of premium in force during the contract period.

Net Earned Premiums

Net earned premiums represent the earned portion of our gross written premiums, less the earned portion that is ceded to third-party reinsurers under our reinsurance agreements. Our insurance policies generally have a term of one year and premiums are earned pro rata over the term of the policy.

Commission and Other Income

Commission and other income consist of commissions earned on policies written on behalf of third-party insurance companies and where we have no exposure to the insured risk and certain fees earned in conjunction with underwriting policies. Commission and other income are earned on the effective date of the underlying policy.

Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

Losses and loss adjustment expenses represent the costs incurred for losses, net of any losses ceded to reinsurers. These expenses are a function of the size and term of the insurance policies we write and the loss experience associated with the underlying coverage. Certain policies we write subject us to attritional losses such as building fires. In addition, most of the policies we write subject us to catastrophe losses. Catastrophe losses are certain losses resulting from events involving multiple claims and policyholders, including earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, convective storms, terrorist acts or other aggregating events. Our losses and loss adjustment expenses are generally affected by:

• The occurrence, frequency and severity of catastrophe events in the areas where we underwrite polices relating to these perils;

• The occurrence, frequency and severity of non-catastrophe attritional losses;

• The mix of business written by us;

• The reinsurance agreements we have in place at the time of a loss;

• The geographic location and characteristics of the policies we underwrite;

• Changes in the legal or regulatory environment related to the business we write;

• Trends in legal defense costs; and

57


• Inflation in housing and construction costs.

Losses and loss adjustment expenses are based on an actuarial analysis of the estimated losses, including losses incurred during the period and changes in estimates from prior periods. Losses and loss adjustment expenses may be paid out over multiple years.

Acquisition Expenses

Acquisition expenses are principally comprised of the commissions we pay retail agents, program administrators and wholesale brokers, net of ceding commissions we receive on business ceded under certain reinsurance contracts. In addition, acquisition expenses include premium-related taxes and other fees. Acquisition expenses related to each policy we write are deferred and expensed pro-rata over the term of the policy.

Other Underwriting Expenses

Other underwriting expenses represent the general and administrative expenses of our insurance operations including employee salaries and benefits, software and technology costs, office rent, stock-based compensation, licenses and fees, and professional services fees such as legal, accounting, and actuarial services.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest expense on our surplus notes through September 2018 and our Floating Rate Notes after September 2018. In addition, we incurred interest expense related to prepayment penalties on the payoff of our surplus notes in September 2018 and related to the redemption premium paid on our Floating Rate Notes in May 2019.

Net Investment Income

We earn investment income on our portfolio of invested assets. Our invested assets are primarily comprised of fixed maturity securities, and may also include cash and cash equivalents, and equity securities. The principal factors that influence net investment income are the size of our investment portfolio, the yield on that portfolio and investment management expenses. As measured by amortized cost, which excludes changes in fair value caused by changes in interest rates, the size of our investment portfolio is mainly a function of our invested equity capital along with premium we receive from our insureds, less payments on policyholder claims and other operating expenses.

Net Realized and Unrealized Gains and Losses on Investments

Net realized and unrealized gains and losses on investments are a function of the difference between the amount received by us on the sale of a security and the security’s cost-basis, mark-to-market adjustments, and credit losses recognized in earnings.

Income Tax Expense

Currently our income tax expense consists mainly of federal income taxes imposed on our operations. Our effective tax rates are dependent upon the components of pretax earnings and the related tax effects.

58


Key Financial and Operating Metrics

We discuss certain key financial and operating metrics, described below, which provide useful information about our business and the operational factors underlying our financial performance.

Underwriting revenue is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as total revenue, excluding net investment income and net realized and unrealized gains and losses on investments. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of total revenue calculated in accordance with GAAP to underwriting revenue.

Underwriting income is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as income before income taxes excluding net investment income, net realized and unrealized gains and losses on investments and interest expense. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of income before income taxes calculated in accordance with GAAP to underwriting income.

Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as net income excluding the impact of certain items that may not be indicative of underlying business trends, operating results, or future outlook, net of tax impact. We calculate the tax impact only on adjustments which would be included in calculating our income tax expense using the estimated tax rate at which the company received a deduction for these adjustments. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of net income calculated in accordance with GAAP to adjusted net income.

Return on equity is net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending stockholders’ equity during the period.

Adjusted return on equity is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as adjusted net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending stockholders’ equity during the period. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of return on equity calculated using unadjusted GAAP numbers to adjusted return on equity.

Loss ratio, expressed as a percentage, is the ratio of losses and loss adjustment expenses, to net earned premiums.

Expense ratio, expressed as a percentage, is the ratio of acquisition and other underwriting expenses, net of commission and other income to net earned premiums.

Combined ratio is defined as the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. A combined ratio under 100% generally indicates an underwriting profit. A combined ratio over 100% generally indicates an underwriting loss.

Adjusted combined ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio calculated excluding the impact of certain items that may not be indicative of underlying business trends, operating results, or future outlook. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of combined ratio calculated using unadjusted GAAP numbers to adjusted combined ratio.

Diluted adjusted earnings per share is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as adjusted net income divided by the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the period, reflecting the dilution which could occur if equity-based awards are converted into common share equivalents as calculated using the treasury stock method. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of diluted earnings per share calculated in accordance with GAAP to diluted adjusted earnings per share.

Catastrophe loss ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as the ratio of catastrophe losses to net earned premiums. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of loss ratio calculated using unadjusted GAAP numbers to catastrophe loss ratio.

59


Adjusted combined ratio excluding catastrophe losses is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as adjusted combined ratio excluding the impact of catastrophe losses. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of combined ratio calculated using unadjusted GAAP numbers to adjusted combined ratio excluding catastrophe losses.

Tangible stockholders’ equity is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as stockholders’ equity less intangible assets. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of stockholders’ equity calculated in accordance with GAAP to tangible stockholders’ equity.

60


Results of operations

Year ended December 31, 2020 compared to year ended December 31, 2019

The following table summarizes our results for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

Year Ended December 31, 

Percent

    

2020

    

2019

    

Change

    

Change

($ in thousands, except per share data)

  

  

 

Gross written premiums

$

354,360

$

251,961

$

102,399

 

40.6

%

Ceded written premiums

 

(155,102)

 

(108,332)

 

(46,770)

 

43.2

%

Net written premiums

 

199,258

 

143,629

 

55,629

 

38.7

%

Net earned premiums

 

155,068

 

100,207

 

54,861

 

54.7

%

Commission and other income

 

3,295

 

2,671

 

624

 

23.4

%

Total underwriting revenue (1)

 

158,363

 

102,878

 

55,485

 

53.9

%

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

 

64,115

 

5,593

 

58,522

 

1,046.3

%

Acquisition expenses

 

64,041

 

37,259

 

26,782

 

71.9

%

Other underwriting expenses

 

34,084

 

51,299

 

(17,215)

 

(33.6)

%

Underwriting income (loss) (1)

 

(3,877)

 

8,727

 

(12,604)

 

(144.4)

%

Interest expense

 

 

(1,068)

 

1,068

 

(100.0)

%

Net investment income

 

8,612

 

5,975

 

2,637

 

44.1

%

Net realized and unrealized gains on investments

 

1,488

 

4,443

 

(2,955)

 

(66.5)

%

Income before income taxes

 

6,223

 

18,077

 

(11,854)

 

(65.6)

%

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

(34)

 

7,456

 

(7,490)

 

(100.5)

%

Net income

 

6,257

 

10,621

 

(4,364)

 

(41.1)

%

Adjustments:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Expenses associated with IPO, tax restructuring, secondary offerings, and one time incentive cash bonuses

 

708

 

3,007

 

(2,299)

 

NM

Stock-based compensation expense

2,167

24,103

(21,936)

NM

Expenses associated with retirement of debt

 

 

1,297

 

(1,297)

 

NM

Expenses associated with catastrophe bond

399

399

NM

Tax impact

(664)

(1,149)

485

NM

Adjusted net income (1)

 

8,867

$

37,879

$

(29,012)

 

(76.6)

%

Key Financial and Operating Metrics

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Annualized return on equity

 

2.1

%  

 

6.7

%  

 

  

 

  

Annualized adjusted return on equity (1)

 

3.0

%  

 

24.1

%  

 

  

 

  

Loss ratio

 

41.3

%  

 

5.6

%  

 

  

 

  

Expense ratio

 

61.2

%  

 

85.7

%  

 

  

 

  

Combined ratio

 

102.5

%  

 

91.3

%  

Adjusted combined ratio (1)

 

100.4

%  

 

63.3

%  

Diluted earnings per share

$

0.24

$

0.49

Diluted adjusted earnings per share (1)

$

0.35

$

1.73

 

  

 

  

Catastrophe losses

$

50,986

$

Catastrophe loss ratio (1)

32.9

%  

%  

Adjusted combined ratio excluding catastrophe losses (1)

67.5

%  

63.3

%  

NM-Not Meaningful

 

  

 

  

(1)Indicates non-GAAP financial measure; see “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

61


Gross Written Premiums

Gross written premiums were $354.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $252.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $102.4 million, or 40.6%. Premium growth was primarily due to an increased volume of policies written across our lines of business which was driven by new business generated with existing partners, strong premium retention rates for existing business, expansion of our products’ geographic and distribution footprint, and new partnerships. For commercial products, substantial rate increases also contributed to premium growth.

The following table summarizes our gross written premiums by line of business and shows each line’s percentage of total gross written premiums for each period:

Year Ended December 31, 

2020

2019

($ in thousands)

 

% of

% of

 

 

Amount

GWP

Amount

GWP

 

Change

% Change

Product

    

  

  

    

    

  

  

  

  

Residential Earthquake

$

140,934

39.8

%  

$

130,473

51.8

%

$

10,461

8.0

%

Commercial Earthquake

 

58,890

16.6

%  

 

38,741

15.4

%

 

20,149

52.0

%

Commercial All Risk

 

53,933

15.2

%  

 

30,358

12.0

%

 

23,575

77.7

%

Specialty Homeowners

49,849

14.1

%  

32,788

13.0

%

17,061

52.0

%

Inland Marine

15,423

4.3

%  

2,465

1.0

%  

12,958

525.7

%

Hawaii Hurricane

 

13,824

3.9

%  

 

10,764

4.3

%

 

3,060

28.4

%

Residential Flood

 

8,176

2.3

%  

 

5,216

2.1

%

 

2,960

56.7

%

Other

 

13,331

3.8

%  

1,156

0.4

%

12,175

1,053.2

%

Total Gross Written Premiums

$

354,360

100.0

%  

 

$

251,961

100.0

%

$

102,399

40.6

%

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, we entered two new Residential Earthquake partnerships in which we assumed a total of $7.8 million of unearned premiums. Excluding the impact of these unearned premium assumptions, our Residential Earthquake gross written premiums increased by $18.3 million, or 14.9%.

During the fourth quarter of 2020, we ceased offering Commercial All Risk products on an admitted basis and will only offer them on an E&S basis going forward. This transition will impact the growth rate of our Commercial All Risk line in future periods. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2020, we purchased the renewal rights of certain Hawaii Hurricane policies from another insurance company. We expect our Hawaii Hurricane written premiums to increase related to this purchase. However, there is no guarantee that policyholders will renew their policies with us and the ultimate impact to our future written premiums is uncertain.

Ceded Written Premiums

Ceded written premiums increased $46.8 million, or 43.2 %, to $155.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $108.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to increased excess of loss reinsurance (“XOL”) expense commensurate with growth in exposure. In addition, catastrophe losses occurring in the third and fourth quarters of 2020 caused us to fully utilize portions of our XOL coverage. As a result, we incurred charges of $7.0 million during the fourth quarter of 2020 related to the acceleration of XOL expenses and the purchase and utilization of a backup XOL layer.

Premiums ceded under quota share arrangements also increased due to the growth in written premium lines subject to quota share arrangements. Ceded written premiums as a percentage of gross written premiums slightly increased to 43.8% for the year ended December 31, 2020 from 43.0% for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily due to increased XOL expense offset by changes in our quota share agreements in our Specialty

62


Homeowners and Commercial All Risk lines as we entered into new ceding arrangements on these lines which increased the percentage of premiums we retained.

Net Written Premiums

Net written premiums increased $55.6 million, or 38.7%, to $199.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $143.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to higher gross written premiums, primarily in our Commercial Earthquake, Commercial All Risk, and Specialty Homeowners lines, offset by increased ceded written premiums.

Net Earned Premiums

Net earned premiums increased $54.9 million, or 54.7%, to $155.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $100.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 due primarily to the earned portion of the higher gross written premiums offset by the earned portion of the higher ceded written premiums. The table below shows the amount of premiums we earned on a gross and net basis for each period presented:

Year Ended

 

December 31, 

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

Change

    

% Change

 

($ in thousands)

Gross earned premiums

$

301,457

$

200,521

$

100,936

 

50.3

%

Ceded earned premiums

 

(146,389)

 

(100,314)

 

(46,075)

 

45.9

%

Net earned premiums

$

155,068

$

100,207

$

54,861

 

54.7

%

Net earned premium ratio

51.4%

50.0%

Commission and Other Income

Commission and other income increased $0.6 million, or 23.4%, to $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 due primarily to an increase in policy related fees associated with an increased volume of premiums written.

Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

Losses and loss adjustment expenses increased $58.5 million, or 1,046.3%, to $64.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2020, losses were primarily attributable to catastrophe events occurring during the third and fourth quarters in our Specialty Homeowners and Commercial All Risk lines of business. During the year ended December 31, 2019, losses were primarily attributable to attritional losses in our Commercial All Risk and Specialty Homeowners lines of business and windstorm exposure in Japan through our assumed reinsurance portfolio.

Losses and loss adjustment expenses consisted of the following elements during the respective periods:

Year Ended

 

December 31, 

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

Change

    

% Change

 

($ in thousands)

Catastrophe losses

$

50,986

$

$

50,986

 

NM

Non-catastrophe losses

 

13,129

 

5,593

 

7,536

 

134.7

%

Total losses and loss adjustment expenses

$

64,115

$

5,593

$

58,522

 

NM

NM- not meaningful

63


Our catastrophe loss ratio was 32.9% during the year ended December 31, 2020. Catastrophe losses primarily included losses from Hurricanes Sally, Laura, Hanna and Zeta. We did not experience any catastrophe losses during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Our non-catastrophe loss ratio was 8.5% for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 5.6% during the year ended December 31, 2019. Non-catastrophe losses increased due mainly to a higher percentage of business in lines subject to attritional losses such as Commercial All Risk, Specialty Homeowners, and Inland Marine.

Acquisition Expenses

Acquisition expenses increased $26.8 million, or 71.9%, to $64.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $37.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The primary reason for the increase was increased commissions and premium-related taxes due to higher earned premiums. Acquisition expenses as a percentage of gross earned premiums were 21.2% for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 18.6% for the year ended December 31, 2019. Acquisition expenses as a percentage of gross earned premiums increased due primarily to lower earned ceding commissions. Earned ceding commissions decreased due to changes in our Specialty Homeowners and All Risk ceding arrangements where we retained a higher percentage of premiums and received less ceding commission as a result. Acquisition expenses as a percentage of gross earned premiums fluctuates based on mix of business produced and quota share arrangements in place.

Other Underwriting Expenses

Other underwriting expenses decreased $17.2 million, or 33.6%, to $34.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $51.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in expenses relating to unique items. During the prior year, the company incurred significant charges associated with an IPO, tax restructuring, secondary offerings, retirement of debt, and one-time incentive cash bonuses. The company also incurred a stock compensation charge of $23.0 million upon modification of its management incentive plan in the prior year.

Other underwriting expenses as a percentage of gross earned premiums were 11.3% for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 25.6% for the year ended December 31, 2019. Excluding the impact of expenses relating to our IPO, tax restructuring, secondary offerings, one-time incentive cash bonuses, stock-based compensation, retirement of debt, and catastrophe bonds, other underwriting expenses as a percentage of gross earned premiums were 10.2% for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 11.6% for the year ended December 31, 2019. This percentage decreased due to higher gross earned premiums without a proportional increase to expenses.

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased to zero for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. We redeemed our Floating Rate Notes in May 2019 and did not have any long-term debt during the year ended December 31, 2020 whereas we had outstanding Floating Rate Notes during a portion of the year ended December 31, 2019.

Net Investment Income and Net Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Investments

Net investment income increased $2.6 million, or 44.1%, to $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to a higher average balance of investments during the year ended December 31, 2020 due primarily to proceeds from our January and June 2020 stock offerings. The increase from a higher average investment balance was partially offset by lower yields on investments due to a lower interest rate environment in 2020 versus 2019.

Net realized and unrealized gains on investments decreased $3.0 million, to a $1.5 million gain for the year ended December 31, 2020 from a $4.4 million gain for the year ended December 31, 2019. We had a higher balance of

64


equity securities during the prior year period and experienced appreciation on those equity securities during that period. We mainly invest in investment grade fixed maturity securities, including U.S. government issues, state government issues, mortgage and asset-backed obligations, and corporate bonds with the remainder of investments in equity securities. Our equity securities are comprised of mutual funds that provide exposure to the U.S. investment-grade bond market. The following table summarizes the components of our investment income for each period presented:

Year Ended

 

December 31, 

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

Change

    

% Change

 

($ in thousands)

Interest income

$

8,554

$

5,894

$

2,660

 

45.1

%

Dividend income

 

489

 

424

 

65

 

15.3

%

Investment management fees and expenses

 

(431)

 

(343)

 

(88)

 

25.7

%

Net investment income

 

8,612

 

5,975

 

2,637

 

44.1

%

Net realized and unrealized gains on investments

 

1,488

 

4,443

 

(2,955)

 

(66.5)

%

Total

$

10,100

$

10,418

$

(318)

 

(3.1)

%

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

The company had an immaterial income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to a $7.5 million expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily because of lower pre-tax income during the year ended December 31, 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2020, our income tax rate differed from the statutory rate of 21% due primarily to the tax impact of the permanent component of employee stock option exercises. For the year ended December 31, 2019, our income tax expense was significantly impacted by the reversal of our U.S. federal deferred tax valuation allowance in March 2019, offset by an addback related to a nondeductible stock compensation charge incurred upon the modification of our management incentive plan in March 2019.

65


Year ended December 31, 2019 compared to year ended December 31, 2018

The following table summarizes our results for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

Year Ended December 31, 

Percent

    

2019

    

2018

    

Change

    

Change

($ in thousands except per share data)

  

  

 

Gross written premiums

$

251,961

$

154,891

$

97,070

 

62.7

%

Ceded written premiums

 

(108,332)

 

(82,949)

 

(25,383)

 

30.6

%

Net written premiums

 

143,629

 

71,942

 

71,687

 

99.6

%

Net earned premiums

 

100,207

 

69,897

 

30,310

 

43.4

%

Commission and other income

 

2,671

 

2,405

 

266

 

11.1

%

Total underwriting revenue (1)

 

102,878

 

72,302

 

30,576

 

42.3

%

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

 

5,593

 

6,274

 

(681)

 

(10.9)

%

Acquisition expenses

 

37,259

 

28,224

 

9,035

 

32.0

%

Other underwriting expenses

 

51,299

 

17,957

 

33,342

 

185.7

%

Underwriting income (1)

 

8,727

 

19,847

 

(11,120)

 

(56.0)

%

Interest expense

 

(1,068)

 

(2,303)

 

1,235

 

(53.6)

%

Net investment income

 

5,975

 

3,238

 

2,737

 

84.5

%

Net realized and unrealized (losses) gains on investments

 

4,443

 

(2,569)

 

7,012

 

(272.9)

%

Income before income taxes

 

18,077

 

18,213

 

(136)

 

(0.7)

%

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

7,456

 

(6)

 

7,462

 

NM

%

Net income

$

10,621

$

18,219

$

(7,598)

 

(41.7)

%

Adjustments:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Expenses associated with IPO, tax restructuring, secondary offerings, and one time incentive cash bonuses

 

3,007

 

1,110

 

1,897

 

NM

Stock-based compensation expense

24,103

24,103

NM

Expenses associated with retirement of debt

 

1,297

 

495

 

802

 

NM

Tax impact

(1,149)

(1,149)

NM

Adjusted net income (1)

$

37,879

$

19,824

$

18,055

 

91.1

%

Key Financial and Operating Metrics

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Annualized return on equity

 

6.7

%  

 

20.9

%  

 

  

 

  

Annualized adjusted return on equity (1)

 

24.1

%  

 

22.7

%  

 

  

 

  

Loss ratio

 

5.6

%  

 

9.0

%  

 

  

 

  

Expense ratio

 

85.7

%  

 

62.6

%  

 

  

 

  

Combined ratio

 

91.3

%  

 

71.6

%  

 

  

 

  

Adjusted combined ratio (1)

 

63.3

%  

 

69.5

%  

 

  

 

  

Diluted earnings per share

$

0.49

$

1.07

Diluted adjusted earnings per share (1)

$

1.73

$

1.17

Catastrophe losses

$

$

5,000

Catastrophe loss ratio (1)

%  

7.2

%  

Adjusted combined ratio excluding catastrophe losses (1)

63.3

%  

62.4

%  

NM- Not Meaningful

(1)Indicates non-GAAP financial measure; see “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Gross Written Premiums

Gross written premiums were $252.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $154.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $97.1 million, or 62.7%. Premium growth was primarily

66


due to an increased volume of policies written across our lines of business which was driven by new business generated with existing partners, strong premium retention rates for existing business, expansion of our products’ distribution footprint, and new partnerships. The following table summarizes our gross written premiums by line of business and shows each line’s percentage of total gross written premiums for each period:

Year Ended December 31, 

2019

2018

($ in thousands)

 

% of

% of

 

 

Amount

GWP

Amount

GWP

 

Change

% Change

Product

    

  

  

    

    

  

  

  

  

Residential Earthquake

$

130,473

51.8

%  

$

81,679

52.7

%

$

48,794

59.7

%

Commercial Earthquake

 

38,741

15.4

%  

 

20,946

13.5

%

 

17,795

85.0

%

Commercial All Risk

 

30,358

12.0

%  

 

14,338

9.3

%

 

16,020

111.7

%

Specialty Homeowners

32,788

13.0

%  

27,680

17.9

%

5,108

18.5

%

Inland Marine

2,465

1.0

%  

%  

2,465

NM

%

Hawaii Hurricane

 

10,764

4.3

%  

 

8,128

5.2

%

 

2,636

32.4

%

Residential Flood

 

5,216

2.1

%  

 

2,120

1.4

%

 

3,096

146.0

%

Other

 

1,156

0.4

%  

%

1,156

NM

Total Gross Written Premiums

$

251,961

100.0

%  

 

$

154,891

100.0

%

$

97,070

62.7

%

NM- not meaningful

Approximately $19.4 million of the increase to Residential Earthquake premiums was due to a new partnership with a homeowners carrier in which we assumed $6.6 million of unearned premiums and wrote an additional $12.8 million in premiums.

Ceded Written Premiums

Ceded written premiums increased $25.4 million, or 30.6%, to $108.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $82.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to increased cessions to new quota share reinsurance partners in our Commercial All Risk line. We also incurred increased excess of loss reinsurance expense commensurate with growth in exposure. Ceded written premiums as a percentage of gross written premiums decreased to 43.0% for the year ended December 31, 2019 from 53.6% for the year ended December 31, 2018. The cession percentage was higher in the prior year due to an $11.8 million transfer of unearned premiums in June 2018 related to our entering into a fronting arrangement in our Specialty Homeowners line in the state of Texas. This fronting arrangement terminated in June 2019 in conjunction with the inception of our Specialty Homeowners Facility (“SHF”).

Net Written Premiums

Net written premiums increased $71.7 million, or 99.6%, to $143.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $71.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to higher gross written premiums, primarily in our Residential Earthquake, Commercial Earthquake and Commercial All Risk lines, offset by increased ceded written premiums.

Net Earned Premiums

Net earned premiums increased $30.3 million, or 43.4%, to $100.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $69.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 due primarily to the earned portion of the higher gross written premiums offset by the earned portion of the higher ceded written premiums under reinsurance agreements.

67


The table below shows the amount of premiums we earned on a gross and net basis for each period presented:

Year Ended

 

December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

Change

    

% Change

 

($ in thousands)

Gross earned premiums

$

200,521

$

137,759

$

62,762

 

45.6

%

Ceded earned premiums

 

(100,314)

 

(67,862)

 

(32,452)

 

47.8

%

Net earned premiums

$

100,207

$

69,897

$

30,310

 

43.4

%

Net earned premium ratio

50.0%

50.7%

Commission and Other Income

Commission and other income increased $0.3 million, or 11.1%, to $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 due primarily to an increase in policy related fees associated with an increased volume of premiums written.

Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

Losses and loss adjustment expenses decreased $0.7 million, or 10.9%, to $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Losses and loss adjustment expenses consisted of the following elements during the respective periods:

Year Ended

December 31, 

    

2019

    

2018

    

Change

    

% Change

 

($ in thousands)

Catastrophe losses

$

$

5,000

$

(5,000)

 

NM

Non-catastrophe losses

 

5,593

 

1,274

 

4,319

 

NM

Total losses and loss adjustment expenses

$

5,593

$

6,274

$

(681)

 

(10.9)

%

NM- not meaningful

During the year ended December 31, 2019, losses were primarily attributable to attritional losses in our Commercial All Risk and Specialty Homeowners lines of business and windstorm exposure in Japan through our assumed reinsurance portfolio. During the year ended December 31, 2018, losses were primarily attributable a $5 million catastrophe loss from Hurricane Florence and attritional losses in our Commercial All Risk and Specialty Homeowners lines of business. Losses decreased during the year ended December 31, 2019 due to a reduction in the severity of weather-related losses.

Our non-catastrophe loss ratio was 5.6% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 1.8% during the year ended December 31, 2018. Non-catastrophe losses increased due mainly to a higher percentage of business in lines subject to attritional losses such as Commercial All Risk, Specialty Homeowners, and Inland Marine and due to losses on our assumed reinsurance portfolio.

Acquisition Expenses

Acquisition expenses increased $9.1 million, or 32.0%, to $37.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $28.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The primary reason for the increase was higher earned premiums which resulted in higher commissions and premium-related taxes. Acquisition expenses as a percentage of gross earned premiums were 18.6% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 20.5% for the year ended December 31, 2018. Acquisition expenses as a percentage of gross earned premiums decreased due to higher earned ceding commissions related to our Specialty Homeowners and Commercial All Risk lines.

68


Other Underwriting Expenses

Other underwriting expenses increased $33.3 million, or 185.7%, to $51.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $18.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we incurred increased payroll, professional fees, technology expenses, stock-based compensation and other expenses necessary to support our growth. During the year ended December 31, 2019, other underwriting expenses included a stock compensation charge of $23.0 million related to the modification of our former parent company’s management incentive plan, $0.4 million of expenses associated with our IPO and tax restructuring, a $0.9 million charge related to the write-off of debt amortization costs upon redemption of our Floating Rate Notes, and $2.6 million of expenses from one-time incentive cash bonuses triggered by the September 2019 Secondary Offering and expenses associated with both Secondary Offerings. During the year ended December 31, 2018, other underwriting expenses included $1.1 million of expenses associated with our IPO and tax restructuring and $0.5 million of expenses related to the repayment of our surplus notes in September 2018.

Other underwriting expenses as a percentage of gross earned premiums were 25.6% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 13.0% for the year ended December 31, 2018. Excluding the impact of expenses relating to our IPO, tax restructuring, Secondary Offerings, one-time incentive cash bonuses, stock-based compensation and retirement of debt, other underwriting expenses as a percentage of gross earned premiums were 11.6% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 12.0% for the year ended December 31, 2018. This percentage decreased due to higher gross earned premiums without a proportional increase to expenses.

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased $1.2 million, or 53.6%, to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Interest expense decreased as we redeemed our Floating Rate Notes in May 2019 and did not have any long-term debt after May 2019 whereas we had outstanding surplus notes and Floating Rate Notes during the entire year ended December 31, 2018. In addition, interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 includes a $0.4 million charge incurred upon redemption of our Floating Rate Notes in May 2019. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 includes a $0.1 million charge incurred upon repayment of our surplus notes in September 2018.

Net Investment Income and Net Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Investments

Net investment income increased $2.8 million, or 84.5%, to $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The primary reason for the increase was a higher average balance of investments during the year ended December 31, 2019 due primarily to proceeds from our IPO which were received in April 2019.

Net realized and unrealized gains on investments increased $7.0 million, or 272.9%, to a $4.4 million gain for the year ended December 31, 2019 from a loss of $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The primary reason for the increase was an improvement in the performance of our equity securities during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. We mainly invest in investment grade fixed maturity securities, including U.S. government issues, state government issues, mortgage and asset-backed obligations, and

69


corporate bonds with the remainder of investments in equity securities. The following table summarizes the components of our investment income for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

Year Ended

 

December 31, 

    

2019

    

2018

    

Change

    

% Change

($in thousands)

 

Interest income

$

5,894

$

3,036

$

2,858

 

94.1

%

Dividend income

 

424

 

514

 

(90)

 

(17.5)

%

Less: investment management fees and expenses

 

(343)

 

(312)

 

(31)

 

9.9

%

Net investment income

5,975

3,238

 

2,737

 

84.5

%

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments

 

4,443

 

(2,569)

 

7,012

 

(272.9)

%

Total

$

10,418

$

669

$

9,749

 

NM

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

Income tax expense increased to $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from an immaterial amount for the year ended December 31, 2018 as a result of positive taxable income during the year ended December 31, 2019 occurring after our U.S. domestication in March 2019 partially offset by the benefit from the reduction of the valuation allowance on our federal deferred tax assets. For the year ended December 31, 2019, our income tax expense was significantly impacted by the reversal of our U.S. federal deferred tax valuation allowance in March 2019, offset by an addback related to a nondeductible stock compensation charge incurred upon the modification of our management incentive plan in March 2019.

We are subject to income taxes in certain jurisdictions in which we operate. Our U.S. subsidiaries are subject to federal and state income taxes. We earn income in Bermuda, a non-taxable jurisdiction, primarily as a result of quota share reinsurance agreements between our U.S. insurance subsidiary and PSRE, and the investment income earned in PSRE. Prior to July 1, 2019, our U.S. insurance subsidiary and PSRE were subject to a quota share reinsurance agreement under which the U.S. insurance subsidiary ceded 50% of the earthquake and Hawaii hurricane gross premiums earned as well as losses and loss adjustment expenses to PSRE in exchange for a 25% ceding commission.

As a result of our multinational operations our effective tax rate has historically been below that of a fully U.S. based operation. All of our operations became subject to U.S. income tax in 2019 as a result of our domestication to the United States.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Underwriting Revenue

We define underwriting revenue as total revenue excluding net investment income and net realized and unrealized gains and losses on investments. Underwriting revenue represents revenue generated by our underwriting operations and allows us to evaluate our underwriting performance without regard to investment income. We use this metric as we believe it gives our management and other users of our financial information useful insight into our

70


underlying business performance. Underwriting revenue should not be viewed as a substitute for total revenue calculated in accordance with GAAP, and other companies may define underwriting revenue differently.

Total revenue calculated in accordance with GAAP reconciles to underwriting revenue as follows:

Year Ended

December 31, 

    

2020

    

2019

 

2018

 

(in thousands)

Total revenue

$

168,463

$

113,296

$

72,971

Net investment income

 

(8,612)

 

(5,975)

 

(3,238)

Net realized and unrealized (gains) losses on investments

 

(1,488)

 

(4,443)

 

2,569

Underwriting revenue

$

158,363

$

102,878

$

72,302

Underwriting Income

We define underwriting income as income before income taxes excluding net investment income, net realized and unrealized gains and losses on investments, and interest expense. Underwriting income represents the pre-tax profitability of our underwriting operations and allows us to evaluate our underwriting performance without regard to investment income. We use this metric as we believe it gives our management and other users of our financial information useful insight into our underlying business performance. Underwriting income should not be viewed as a substitute for pre-tax income calculated in accordance with GAAP, and other companies may define underwriting income differently.

Income before income taxes calculated in accordance with GAAP reconciles to underwriting income as follows:

Year Ended

December 31, 

    

2020

    

2019

 

2018

 

(in thousands)

Income before income taxes

$

6,223

    

$

18,077

$

18,213

Net investment income

 

(8,612)

 

(5,975)

 

(3,238)

Net realized and unrealized (gains) losses on investments

 

(1,488)

 

(4,443)

 

2,569

Interest expense

1,068

2,303

Underwriting income (loss)

$

(3,877)

$

8,727

$

19,847

Adjusted Net Income

We define adjusted net income as net income excluding the impact of certain items that may not be indicative of underlying business trends, operating results, or future outlook, net of tax impact. We calculate the tax impact only on adjustments which would be included in calculating our income tax expense using the estimated tax rate at which the company received a deduction for these adjustments. We use adjusted net income as an internal performance measure in the management of our operations because we believe it gives our management and financial statement users useful insight into our results of operations and our underlying business performance. Adjusted net income does not reflect the overall profitably of our business and should not be viewed as a substitute for net income calculated in accordance with GAAP. Other companies may define adjusted net income differently.

71


Net income calculated in accordance with GAAP reconciles to adjusted net income as follows:

Year Ended December 31, 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

(in thousands)

Net income

$

6,257

$

10,621

    

$

18,219

Adjustments:

 

 

  

Expenses associated with IPO, tax restructuring, secondary offerings, and one time incentive cash bonuses

708

 

3,007

 

1,110

Stock-based compensation expense

2,167

 

24,103

 

Expenses associated with retirement of debt

1,297

495

Expenses associated with catastrophe bond

399

Tax impact

(664)

(1,149)

Adjusted net income

$

8,867

$

37,879

$

19,824

Adjusted Return on Equity

We define adjusted return on equity as adjusted net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending stockholders’ equity during the period. We use adjusted return on equity as an internal performance measure in the management of our operations because we believe it gives our management and financial statement users useful insight into our results of operations and our underlying business performance. Adjusted return on equity should not be viewed as a substitute for return on equity calculated using unadjusted GAAP numbers, and other companies may define adjusted return on equity differently.

Adjusted return on equity is calculated as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

($ in thousands)

Numerator: Adjusted net income

$

8,867

$

37,879

$

19,824

Denominator: Average stockholder’s equity

 

291,135

 

157,424

 

87,353

Adjusted return on equity

 

3.0

%  

 

24.1

%  

 

22.7

%

Adjusted Combined Ratio

We define adjusted combined ratio as the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio calculated excluding the impact of certain items that may not be indicative of underlying business trends, operating results, or future outlook. We use adjusted combined ratio as an internal performance measure in the management of our operations because we believe it gives our management and financial statement users useful insight into our results of operations and our underlying business performance. Adjusted combined ratio should not be viewed as a substitute for combined ratio calculated using unadjusted GAAP numbers, and other companies may define adjusted combined ratio differently.

72


Adjusted combined ratio is calculated as follows:

Year Ended December 31, 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

($ in thousands)

Numerator: Sum of losses, loss adjustment expenses, underwriting, acquisition and other underwriting expenses, net of commission and other income

$

158,945

$

91,480

$

50,050

Denominator: Net earned premiums

$

155,068

$

100,207

$

69,897

Combined ratio

 

102.5

%

 

91.3

%  

 

71.6

%

Adjustments to numerator:

Expenses associated with IPO, tax restructuring, secondary offerings, and one time incentive cash bonuses

(708)

(3,007)

(1,110)

Stock-based compensation expense

(2,167)

(24,103)

Portion of expenses associated with retirement of debt classified as other underwriting expenses

(897)

(345)

Expenses associated with catastrophe bond

(399)

Adjusted combined ratio

100.4

%

63.3

%  

69.5

%

Diluted adjusted earnings per share

We define diluted adjusted earnings per share as adjusted net income divided by the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the period, reflecting the dilution which could occur if equity-based awards are converted into common share equivalents as calculated using the treasury stock method. We use diluted adjusted earnings per share as an internal performance measure in the management of our operations because we believe it gives our management and financial statement users useful insight into our results of operations and our underlying business performance. Diluted adjusted earnings per share should not be viewed as a substitute for diluted earnings per share calculated in accordance with GAAP, and other companies may define diluted adjusted earnings per share differently.

Diluted adjusted earnings per share is calculated as follows:

Year Ended December 31, 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

(in thousands except shares and per share data)

 

  

 

  

 

  

Adjusted net income

$

8,867

$

37,879

$

19,824

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, diluted

 

25,598,647

 

21,834,934

 

17,000,000

Diluted adjusted earnings per share

$

0.35

$

1.73

$

1.17

Catastrophe Loss Ratio

Catastrophe loss ratio is defined as the ratio of catastrophe losses to net earned premiums. Although we are inherently subject to catastrophe losses, the frequency and severity of catastrophe losses is unpredictable and their impact on our operating results may vary significantly between periods and obscure other trends in our business. Therefore, we are providing this metric because we believe it gives our management and other financial statement users useful insight into our results of operations and trends in our financial performance without the volatility caused by catastrophe losses. Catastrophe loss ratio should not be viewed as a substitute for loss ratio calculated using unadjusted GAAP numbers, and other companies may define catastrophe loss ratio differently.

73


Catastrophe loss ratio is calculated as follows:

Year Ended December 31, 

2020

    

2019

    

2018

    

($ in thousands)

Numerator: Losses and loss adjustment expenses

$

64,115

$

5,593

$

6,274

Denominator: Net earned premiums

$

155,068

$

100,207

$

69,897

Loss ratio

 

41.3

%  

 

5.6

%  

 

9.0

%  

Numerator: Catastrophe losses

$

50,986

$

$

5,000

Denominator: Net earned premiums

$

155,068

$

100,207

$

69,897

Catastrophe loss ratio

32.9

%  

0.0

%  

7.2

%  

Adjusted Combined Ratio Excluding Catastrophe Losses

Adjusted combined ratio excluding catastrophe losses is defined as adjusted combined ratio excluding the impact of catastrophe losses. Although we are inherently subject to catastrophe losses, the frequency and severity of catastrophe losses is unpredictable and their impact on our operating results may vary significantly between periods and obscure other trends in our business. Therefore, we are providing this metric because we believe it gives our management and other financial statement users useful insight into our results of operations and trends in our financial performance without the volatility caused by catastrophe losses. Adjusted combined ratio excluding catastrophe losses should not be viewed as a substitute for combined ratio calculated using unadjusted GAAP numbers, and other companies may define adjusted combined ratio excluding catastrophe losses differently.

Adjusted combined ratio excluding catastrophe losses is calculated as follows:

Year Ended December 31, 

2020

    

2019

    

2018

($ in thousands)

Numerator: Sum of losses and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition expenses, and other underwriting expenses, net of commission and other income

$

158,945

$

91,480

$

50,050

Denominator: Net earned premiums

$

155,068

$

100,207

$

69,897

Combined ratio

 

102.5

%  

 

91.3

%  

 

71.6

%  

Adjustments to numerator:

Expenses associated with IPO, tax restructuring, secondary offerings, and one-time incentive cash bonuses

$

(708)

$

(3,007)

$

(1,110)

Stock-based compensation expense

(2,167)

(24,103)

Portion of expenses associated with retirement of debt classified as other underwriting expenses

(897)

(345)

Expenses associated with catastrophe bond

(399)

Catastrophe losses

(50,986)

(5,000)

Adjusted combined ratio excluding catastrophe losses

67.5

%  

63.3

%  

62.4

%  

74


Tangible Stockholders’ Equity

We define tangible stockholders’ equity as stockholders’ equity less intangible assets. Our definition of tangible stockholders’ equity may not be comparable to that of other companies, and it should not be viewed as a substitute for stockholders’ equity calculated in accordance with GAAP. We use tangible stockholders’ equity internally to evaluate the strength of our balance sheet and to compare returns relative to this measure.

Stockholders’ equity calculated in accordance with GAAP reconciles to tangible stockholders’ equity as follows:

December 31,

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

(in thousands)

Stockholders’ equity

$

363,713

$

218,556

$

96,292

Intangible assets

 

(11,512)

 

(744)

 

(744)

Tangible stockholders’ equity

$

352,201

$

217,812

$

95,548

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources and Uses of Funds

We operate as a holding company with no business operations of our own. Consequently, our ability to pay dividends to stockholders and pay taxes and administrative expenses is largely dependent on dividends or other distributions from our subsidiaries and affiliates, whose ability to pay us is highly regulated.

The Company’s U.S. insurance company subsidiaries, PSIC and PESIC are restricted by the statutes as to the amount of dividends that they may pay without prior approval by state insurance commissioners.

Under California and Oregon statute which govern PSIC, dividends paid in a consecutive twelve month period cannot exceed the greater of (i) 10% of an insurance company’s statutory policyholders’ surplus as of December 31 of the preceding year or (ii) 100% of its statutory net income for the preceding calendar year. Any dividends or distributions in excess of these amounts would require regulatory approval. In addition, under Oregon statute PSIC may only declare a dividend from earned surplus, which does not include contributed capital. Surplus arising from unrealized capital gains or revaluation of assets is not considered part of earned surplus. Based on the above restrictions, PSIC may pay a dividend or distribution of no greater than $11.3 million in 2021 without approval by the California and Oregon Insurance Commissioners.

Under Arizona statute with governs PESIC, dividends paid in a consecutive twelve month period cannot exceed the lesser of (i) 10% of an insurance company’s statutory policyholders’ surplus as of December 31 of the preceding year or (ii) 100% of its statutory net income for the preceding calendar year. As such, PESIC is unable to pay a dividend or distribution in 2021 without the approval of the Arizona Insurance Commissioner as it had a statutory net loss in 2020.

In addition to the above limitations, any dividend or distribution declared is also subject to state regulatory approval prior to payment. In the future, state insurance regulatory authorities may adopt statutory provisions and dividend limitations more restrictive than those currently in effect.

Insurance companies in the United States are also required by state law to maintain a minimum level of policyholder’s surplus. State insurance regulators have a risk-based capital standard designed to identify property and casualty insurers that may be inadequately capitalized based on inherent risks of the insurer’s assets and liabilities and its mix of net written premium. Insurers falling below a calculated threshold may be subject to varying degrees of regulatory action. As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the total adjusted capital of PSIC and PESIC were in excess of their respective prescribed risk-based capital requirements.

75


Under the Insurance Act and related regulations, our Bermuda reinsurance subsidiary is required to maintain certain solvency and liquidity levels, which it maintained as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

Our Bermuda reinsurance subsidiary maintains a Class 3A license and thus must maintain a minimum liquidity ratio in which the value of its relevant assets is not less than 75% of the amount of its relevant liabilities for general business. Relevant assets include cash and cash equivalents, fixed maturity securities, accrued interest income, premiums receivable, losses recoverable from reinsurers, and funds withheld. The relevant liabilities include total general business insurance reserves and total other liabilities, less sundry liabilities. As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, we met the minimum liquidity ratio requirement.

Bermuda regulations limit the amount of dividends and return of capital paid by a regulated entity. A Class 3A insurer is prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if it is in breach of its minimum solvency margin, its enhanced capital requirement, or its minimum liquidity ratio, or if the declaration or payment of such dividend would cause such a breach. If a Class 3A insurer has failed to meet its minimum solvency margin on the last day of any financial year, it will also be prohibited, without the approval of the BMA, from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year. Furthermore, the Insurance Act limits the ability of our Bermuda reinsurance subsidiary to pay dividends or make capital distributions by stipulating certain margin and solvency requirements and by requiring approval from the BMA prior to a reduction of 15% or more of a Class 3A insurer’s total statutory capital as reported on its prior year statutory balance sheet. Moreover, an insurer must submit an affidavit to the BMA, sworn by at least two directors and the principal representative in Bermuda of the Class 3A insurer, at least seven days prior to payment of any dividend which would exceed 25% of that insurer’s total statutory capital and surplus as reported on its prior year statutory balance sheet. The affidavit must state that in the opinion of those swearing the declaration of such dividend has not caused the insurer to fail to meet its relevant margins.

Further, under the Companies Act, our Bermuda reinsurance subsidiary may only declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution out of contributed surplus, if it has no reasonable grounds for believing that: (1) it is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due or (2) the realizable value of its assets would be less than its liabilities.

Pursuant to Bermuda regulations, the maximum amount of dividends and return of capital available to be paid by a reinsurer is determined pursuant to a formula. Under this formula, the maximum amount of dividends and return of capital available from our Bermuda subsidiary during 2021 is calculated to be approximately $10.5 million. However, this dividend amount is subject to annual enhanced solvency requirement calculations. There were no dividends approved or paid in 2020 or 2019.

One of our insurance company subsidiaries, PSIC, is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (FHLB). Membership allows PSIC access to collateralized advances, which may be used to support and enhance liquidity management. The amount of advances that may be taken is dependent on statutory admitted assets. As of December 31, 2020, there are no advances outstanding under the FHLB facility.

Cash Flows

Our primary sources of cash flow are written premiums, investment income, reinsurance recoveries, sales and redemptions of investments, and proceeds from offerings of debt and equity securities. We use our cash flows primarily to pay operating expenses, losses and loss adjustment expenses, and income taxes.

Our cash flows from operations may differ substantially from our net income due to non-cash charges or due to changes in balance sheet accounts.

The timing of our cash flows from operating activities can also vary among periods due to the timing by which payments are made or received. Some of our payments and receipts, including loss settlements and subsequent reinsurance receipts, can be significant. Therefore, their timing can influence cash flows from operating activities in any given period. The potential for a large claim under an insurance or reinsurance contract means that our insurance

76


subsidiaries may need to make substantial payments within relatively short periods of time, which would have a negative impact on our operating cash flows.

We generated positive cash flows from operations for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. Management believes that cash receipts from premium, proceeds from investment sales and redemptions, and investment income and reinsurance recoveries, if necessary, are sufficient to cover cash outflows in the foreseeable future.

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

Year Ended December 31, 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

($  in  thousands)

Cash provided by (used in):

 

  

 

  

 

  

Operating activities

$

53,551

$

41,700

$

22,808

Investing activities

 

(181,443)

 

(80,566)

 

(25,365)

Financing activities

 

128,329

 

62,291

 

1,549

Change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

$

437

$

23,425

$

(1,008)

Our cash flow from operating activities has been positive in each of the last three years. Variations in operating cash flow between periods are primarily driven by variations in our gross and ceded written premiums and the volume and timing of premium receipts, claim payments, and reinsurance payments. In addition, fluctuations in losses and loss adjustment expenses and other insurance operating expenses impact operating cash flow.

Cash used in investing activities for each of the last three years related primarily to purchases of fixed income and equity securities in excess of sales and maturities.

Cash provided by financing activities for year ended December 31, 2020 was related to the receipt of $35.5 million in net proceeds from the January 2020 stock offering, the receipt of $90.1 million in net proceeds from the June 2020 stock offering, the receipt of $0.7 million in proceeds related to the issuance of common stock via our employee stock purchase plan, and the receipt of $2.0 million related to the issuance of common stock via stock option exercises. Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was related to the receipt of $87.4 million in net proceeds from our IPO in April 2019, offset by $20.0 million of cash paid to redeem our Floating Rate Notes in May 2019 and a one-time cash distribution of $5.1 million to our then sole stockholder, GC Palomar Investor LP in March 2019. Cash provided by financing activities in 2018 was related to the issuance of Floating Rate Notes and the payoff of surplus notes in September 2018.

We do not have any current plans for material capital expenditures other than current operating requirements. We believe that we will generate sufficient cash flows from operations to satisfy our liquidity requirements for at least the next 12 months and beyond. The key factor that will affect our future operating cash flows is the frequency and severity of catastrophic loss events. To the extent our future operating cash flows are insufficient to cover our net losses from catastrophic events, we had $456.1 million in cash and investment securities available at December 31, 2020. We also have the ability to access additional capital through pursuing third-party borrowings, sales of our equity or debt securities or entrance into a reinsurance arrangement.

Notes Payable

Surplus Notes

Prior to September 2018, the Company had $17.5 million in outstanding surplus notes which had been issued by PSIC on February 3, 2015 for a term of seven years. The surplus notes bore interest at the rate of LIBOR plus 8.00% and had restrictions as to payments of interest and principal. Any such payments required the prior approval of the

77


Oregon Insurance Commissioners before such payments could be made. Such payments could only be made from surplus.

Floating Rate Notes

In September 2018, the Company completed a private placement financing of $20.0 million floating rate senior secured notes (the “Floating Rate Notes”), bearing interest at the three-month treasury rate plus 6.50% per annum. As part of the financing agreement, the Company immediately used surplus funds to pay down the existing $17.5 million in surplus notes. As part of this pre-payment, the Company incurred a penalty of $0.1 million which, along with unamortized debt issuance costs of $0.4 million, was charged to income in 2018.

The Floating Rate Notes were redeemed pursuant to their terms on May 23, 2019, at a redemption price equal to 102% of the principal amount of the Floating Rate Notes, or $20.4 million (plus $0.3 million of accrued and unpaid interest thereon). The Company recognized a charge of $1.3 million upon redemption with $0.4 million due to the redemption premium and $0.9 million due to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs. The $0.4 million redemption premium was recognized as a component of interest expense and the $0.9 million issuance cost write-off was recognized as a component of other underwriting expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

The Company incurred $1.1 million in interest expense related to the Floating Rate Notes for the year ended December 31, 2019 (inclusive of the $0.4 million redemption premium) and $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and paid $1.2 million and $0.5 million for each period, respectively. The Company incurred and paid $1.2 million in interest expense related to the surplus notes for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table illustrates our contractual obligations and commercial commitments by due date as of December 31, 2020:

    

    

    

One Year

    

Three Years

    

Less Than

to Less Than

to Less Than

More Than

Total

One Year

Three Years

Five Years

Five Years

 

(in thousands)

Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses

$

129,036

$

94,067

$

32,363

$

2,606

 

$

Operating lease obligations

 

3,123

 

879

 

1,766

 

478

 

Total

$

132,159

$

94,946

$

34,129

$

3,084

 

$


The reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses represent management’s estimate of the ultimate cost of settling losses. As more fully discussed in “—Critical Accounting Policies—Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses” below, the estimation of the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses is based on various complex and subjective judgments. Actual losses paid may differ, perhaps significantly, from the reserve estimates reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Similarly, the timing of payment of our estimated losses is not fixed and there may be significant changes in actual payment activity. The assumptions used in estimating the likely payments due by period are based on our historical claims payment experience and industry payment patterns, but due to the inherent uncertainty in the process of estimating the timing of such payments, there is a risk that the amounts paid can be significantly different from the amounts disclosed above.

The amounts in the above table represent our gross estimates of known liabilities as of December 31, 2020 and do not include any allowance for claims for future events within the time period specified. Accordingly, it is highly likely that the total amounts of obligations paid by us in the time periods shown will be greater than those indicated in the table.

78


Financial Condition

Stockholders’ Equity

At December 31, 2020 total stockholders’ equity was $363.7 million and tangible stockholders’ equity was $352.2 million, compared to total stockholders’ equity of $218.6 million and tangible stockholders’ equity of $217.8 million as of December 31, 2019. Stockholder’s equity increased primarily due to net income, receipt of proceeds from our January 2020 and June 2020 common stock offerings, and unrealized gains on fixed maturity securities. It also increased due to issuance of common stock and stock-based compensation expense from our equity compensation plans. Stock-based compensation expense is treated as an additional paid-in-capital and increases stockholder’s equity.

Tangible stockholders’ equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of stockholders’ equity in accordance with GAAP to tangible stockholders’ equity.

Investment Portfolio

Our primary investment objectives are to maintain liquidity, preserve capital and generate a stable level of investment income. We purchase securities that we believe are attractive on a relative value basis and seek to generate returns in excess of predetermined benchmarks. Our Board of Directors approves our investment guidelines in compliance with applicable regulatory restrictions on asset type, quality and concentration. Our current investment guidelines allow us to invest in taxable and tax-exempt fixed maturities, as well as publicly traded mutual funds and common stock of individual companies. Our cash and invested assets consist of cash and cash equivalents, fixed maturity securities, and equity securities. As of December 31, 2020, the majority of our investment portfolio, or $398.0 million, was comprised of fixed maturity securities that are classified as available-for-sale and carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses on these securities, net of applicable taxes, reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Also included in our investment portfolio were $24.3 million of equity securities, primarily comprised of mutual funds that provide exposure to the U.S. investment-grade bond market. In addition, we maintained a non-restricted cash and cash equivalent balance of $33.5 million at December 31, 2020. Our fixed maturity securities, including cash equivalents, had a weighted average effective duration of 3.96 and 3.49 years and an average rating of “A2/A” and “A1/A+” at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Our fixed income investment portfolio had a book yield of 2.27% as of December 31, 2020, compared to 2.90% as of December 31, 2019.

At December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 the amortized cost and fair value on available-for-sale securities were as follows:

    

Amortized

    

Fair

    

% of Total

 

December 31, 2020

Cost or Cost

Value

Fair Value

 

 

($ in thousands)

Fixed maturities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

U.S. Governments

$

16,308

$

17,059

 

4.3

%

States, territories, and possessions

 

6,208

 

6,636

 

1.7

%

Political subdivisions

 

2,027

 

2,152

 

0.5

%

Special revenue excluding mortgage/asset-backed securities

 

39,704

 

41,227

 

10.4

%

Industrial and miscellaneous

 

234,049

 

245,360

 

61.6

%

Mortgage/asset-backed securities

 

82,983

 

85,553

 

21.5

%

Total available-for-sale investments

$

381,279

$

397,987

 

100.0

%

79


    

Amortized

    

Fair

    

% of Total

 

December 31, 2019

Cost or Cost

Value

Fair Value

 

 

($ in thousands)

Fixed maturities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

U.S. Governments

$

13,371

$

13,679

 

6.3

%

States, territories, and possessions

 

2,298

 

2,445

 

1.1

%

Political subdivisions

 

1,913

 

1,942

 

0.9

%

Special revenue excluding mortgage/asset-backed securities

 

18,139

 

18,436

 

8.5

%

Industrial and miscellaneous

 

124,726

 

129,013

 

59.4

%

Mortgage/asset-backed securities

 

50,831

 

51,636

 

23.8

%

Total available-for-sale investments

$

211,278

$

217,151

 

100.0

%

The following tables provide the credit quality of investment securities as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

    

Estimated

    

% of

 

December 31, 2020

 

Fair Value

 

Total

 

($ in thousands)

Rating

 

  

 

  

AAA

$

91,156

22.9

%

AA

 

54,342

13.7

%

A

 

149,977

37.7

%

BBB

 

88,817

22.3

%

BB

 

11,425

2.9

%

NA/NR

 

2,270

0.5

%

$

397,987

 

100.0

%

    

Estimated

    

% of

 

December 31, 2019

 

Fair Value

 

Total

 

($ in thousands)

Rating

 

  

 

  

AAA

$

83,821

 

38.6

%

AA

 

24,321

 

11.2

%

A

 

69,488

 

32.0

%

BBB

 

32,138

 

14.8

%

B

 

7,383

 

3.4

%

$

217,151

 

100.0

%

The amortized cost and fair value of our available-for-sale investments in fixed maturity securities summarized by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2020 were as follows:

Amortized

Fair

% of Total

 

December 31, 2020

Cost

Value

Fair Value

 

 

($ in thousands)

Due within one year

    

$

11,222

    

$

11,351

    

2.9

%

Due after one year through five years

 

146,302

 

151,123

 

37.9

%

Due after five years through ten years

 

99,194

 

106,600

 

26.8

%

Due after ten years

 

41,578

 

43,360

 

10.9

%

Mortgage and asset-backed securities

 

82,983

 

85,553

 

21.5

%

$

381,279

$

397,987

 

100.0

%

Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations. See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates- Investment Valuation and Fair Value” for discussion of investment valuation considerations.

80


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We identified the accounting estimates below as critical to the understanding of our financial position and results of operations. Critical accounting estimates are defined as those estimates that are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and which require us to exercise significant judgment. We use significant judgment concerning future results and developments in applying these critical accounting estimates and in preparing our consolidated financial statements. These judgments and estimates affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and the disclosure of material contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ materially from the estimates and assumptions used in preparing the consolidated financial statements. We evaluate our estimates regularly using information that we believe to be relevant. For a detailed discussion of our accounting policies, see the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

The reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses represents our estimated ultimate cost of all reported and unreported losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred and unpaid at the balance sheet date. We do not discount this reserve. We seek to establish reserves that will ultimately prove to be adequate.

We categorize our reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses into two types: case reserves and reserves for incurred but not yet reported losses (“IBNR”). Through our third-party administrators (“TPAs”), we generally are notified of losses by our insureds or their agents or brokers. Based on the information provided by the TPAs, we establish initial case reserves by estimating the ultimate losses from the claim, including administrative costs associated with the ultimate settlement of the claim. Our personnel use their knowledge of the specific claim along with internal and external experts, including underwriters and legal counsel, to estimate the expected ultimate losses.

We establish IBNR reserves to provide for (i) the estimated amount of future loss payments on incurred claims not yet reported, and (ii) potential development on reported claims. IBNR reserves are estimated based on generally accepted actuarial reserving techniques that consider quantitative loss experience data and, where appropriate, qualitative factors. With the assistance of an independent actuarial firm, we use statistical analysis to estimate the cost of losses and loss adjustment expenses related to IBNR. Those estimates are based on our historical information, industry information and practices, and estimates of trends that may affect the ultimate frequency of incurred but not reported claims and changes in ultimate claims severity.

We regularly review our reserve estimates and adjust them as necessary as experience develops or as new information becomes known to us. Such adjustments are included in current operations. During the loss settlement period, if we have indications that claims frequency or severity exceeds our initial expectations, we generally increase our reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses. Conversely, when claims frequency and severity trends are more favorable than initially anticipated, we generally reduce our reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses once we have sufficient data to confirm the validity of the favorable trends. Even after such adjustments, the ultimate liability may exceed or be less than the revised estimates. Accordingly, the ultimate settlement of losses and the related loss adjustment expenses may vary significantly from the estimate included in our consolidated financial statements.

The following tables summarize our gross and net reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

December 31, 2020

 

    

Gross

    

% of Total

    

Net

    

% of Total

 

Loss  and  Loss  Adjustment  Reserves

 

($ in thousands)

Case reserves

$

74,296

 

57.6

%  

$

18,447

 

53.5

%

IBNR

 

54,740

 

42.4

%  

 

16,023

 

46.5

%

Total reserves

$

129,036

 

100.0

%  

$

34,470

 

100.0

%

81


December 31, 2019

 

    

Gross

    

% of Total

    

Net

    

% of Total

 

Loss  and  Loss  Adjustment  Reserves

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Case reserves

$

5,832

 

34.7

%  

$

1,322

 

34.2

%

IBNR

 

10,989

 

65.3

%  

 

2,547

 

65.8

%

Total reserves

$

16,821

 

100.0

%  

$

3,869

 

100.0

%

The process of estimating the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses requires a high degree of judgment and is subject to several variables. On a quarterly basis, we perform an analysis of our loss development and select the expected ultimate loss ratio for each of our product lines by accident year. In our actuarial analysis, we use input from our TPAs and our underwriting departments, including premium pricing assumptions and historical experience. Multiple actuarial methods are used to estimate the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses. These methods utilize, to varying degrees, the initial expected loss ratio, detailed statistical analysis of past claims reporting and payment patterns, claims frequency and severity, paid loss experience, industry loss experience, and changes in market conditions, policy forms, exclusions, and exposures. The actuarial methods used to estimate loss and loss adjustment expenses reserves are:

Reported and/or Paid Loss Development Methods—Ultimate losses are estimated based on historical reported and/or paid loss reporting patterns. Reported losses are the sum of paid and case losses. Industry development patterns are substituted for historical development patterns when sufficient historical data is not available.
IBNR-to-Case Reserve Ratio MethodThis method calculates ratios of IBNR to case reserves based on incurred and paid development factors from the development methods. Estimated IBNR equals the product of case reserves and the IBNR-to-case reserve ratio. These IBNR amounts are added to the reported-to-date amount to derive ultimate losses.

Reported Bornhuetter-Ferguson Severity Method—Under this method, ultimate losses are estimated as the sum of cumulative reported losses and estimated IBNR losses. IBNR losses are estimated based on expected average severity, estimated ultimate claim counts and the historical development patterns of reported losses.
Paid Bornhuetter-Ferguson Pure Premium Method—Under this method, ultimate losses are estimated as the sum of cumulative reported losses and estimated IBNR losses. IBNR losses are estimated based on expected pure premium and on the historical development patterns of reported losses.

The method(s) used vary based on the line of business and the nature of the loss event. Development patterns for catastrophic events are based on the time since event versus an accident quarter and year pattern used for non-catastrophic events. Considering each of the alternative ultimate estimates, we select an estimate of ultimate loss for each line of business. For Earthquake and “Difference in Conditions” policies, more emphasis is placed on reported methods. For the remainder, a weighted average is selected.

Loss Adjustment Expense reserves are estimated based on the ratio of paid loss adjustment expense to paid loss, which is estimated separately by line of business as well as split by hurricane and excluding hurricane. We then apply this ratio to our estimated unpaid loss, by multiplying the ratio times 50% of loss case reserves and 100% of loss IBNR reserves. This is applied by line of business and accident year to arrive at estimated unpaid loss adjustment expense on a gross basis. We then add the estimated unpaid loss adjustment expense on a gross basis to the paid loss adjustment expense to calculate estimated ultimate loss adjustment expense.

On a quarterly basis, the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, and Vice President Legal—Compliance & Claims, meet to review the recommendations made by the independent actuarial consultant and use their best judgment to determine the best estimate to be recorded for the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses on our balance sheet.

82


Our reserves are driven by several important factors, including litigation and regulatory trends, legislative activity, climate change, social and economic patterns and claims inflation assumptions. Our reserve estimates reflect current inflation in legal claims’ settlements and assume we will not be subject to losses from significant new legal liability theories. Our reserve estimates assume that there will not be significant changes in the regulatory and legislative environment. The impact of potential changes in the regulatory or legislative environment is difficult to quantify in the absence of specific, significant new regulation or legislation. In the event of significant new regulation or legislation, we will attempt to quantify its impact on our business, but no assurance can be given that our attempt to quantify such inputs will be accurate or successful.

The table below quantifies the impact of potential reserve deviations from our carried reserve at December 31, 2020. We applied sensitivity factors to incurred losses for the three most recent accident years and to the carried reserve for all prior accident years combined. We believe that potential changes such as these would not have a material impact on our liquidity.

Net Ultimate

Potential Impact

LLAE

December 31, 2020

on 2020

    

Accident

    

Sensitivity

    

Net Ultimate

    

Net LLAE

    

Pretax

    

Stockholders’

Sensitivity

Year

Factor

Incurred LLAE

Reserve

income

Equity*

 

($ in thousands)

Sample increases

 

2020

 

5.0

%  

$

64,179

$

32,300

$

3,209

$

2,535

 

2019

 

2.5

%  

$

5,885

$

2,143

$

147

$

116

 

Prior

 

1.0

%  

$

28,019

$

27

$

280

$

221

Sample decreases

 

2020

 

(5.0)

%  

$

64,179

$

32,300

$

(3,209)

$

(2,535)

 

2019

 

(2.5)

%  

$

5,885

$

2,143

$

(147)

$

(116)

 

Prior

 

(1.0)

%  

$

28,019

$

27

$

(280)

$

(221)


*

Effective tax rate estimated to be 21%

The amount by which estimated losses differ from those originally reported for a period is known as “development.” Development is unfavorable when the losses ultimately settle for more than the amount reserved or subsequent estimates indicate a basis for reserve increases on unresolved claims. Development is favorable when losses ultimately settle for less than the amount reserved, or subsequent estimates indicate a basis for reducing loss reserves on unresolved claims. We reflect favorable or unfavorable development of loss reserves in the results of operations in the period the estimates are changed.

The following tables present the development of our loss reserves by accident year on a gross basis and net of reinsurance recoveries during each of the below calendar years:

Gross Ultimate Loss and LAE

Development- (Favorable) Unfavorable

Calendar Year

2017 to

2018 to

2019 to

Accident Year

    

2017

    

2018

    

2019

    

2020

    

2018

    

2019

    

2020

(in thousands)

Prior

$

43,112

$

39,935

$

40,667

$

40,841

$

(3,177)

$

732

$

174

2018

 

 

17,667

 

15,984

 

14,865

 

 

(1,683)

 

(1,119)

2019

 

 

 

25,127

 

22,797

 

 

 

(2,330)

2020

 

 

 

 

171,470

 

 

 

$

(3,177)

$

(951)

$

(3,275)

83


Net Ultimate Loss and LAE

Development- (Favorable) Unfavorable

Calendar Year

2017 to

2018 to

2019 to

Accident Year

    

2017

    

2018

    

2019

    

2020

    

2018

    

2019

    

2020

(in thousands)

Prior

$

22,102

$

20,211

$

20,094

$

20,079

$

(1,891)

$

(117)

$

(15)

2018

 

 

8,166

 

8,102

 

7,940

 

 

(64)

 

(162)

2019

 

 

 

5,772

 

5,885

 

 

 

113

2020

 

 

 

 

64,179

 

 

 

$

(1,891)

$

(181)

$

(64)

During the year ended December 31, 2020, our gross incurred losses for accident years 2018 and prior developed favorably by $3.3 million. The gross favorable development was due to reported losses emerging at a lower level than expected, primarily in our homeowners and special property lines of business, offset by higher frequency and severity of losses emerging in our assumed reinsurance line. The net favorable development of $0.1 million reflects the effect of ceding the gross favorability under our reinsurance program.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, our gross incurred losses for accident years 2018 and prior developed favorably by $1.0 million. This favorable development was due to reported losses emerging at a lower level than expected, primarily in our Specialty Homeowners business, offset by higher frequency and severity of claims in our special property lines of business. The net favorable development of $0.2 million reflects the effect of ceding the gross favorability under our reinsurance program.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, our gross incurred losses for accident years 2017 and prior developed favorably by $3.2 million. This favorable development was due to reported losses emerging at a lower level than expected, primarily in our Specialty Homeowners business. The net favorable development of $1.9 million reflects the effect of ceding the gross favorability under our reinsurance program.

Although we believe that our reserve estimates are reasonable, it is possible that our actual loss experience may not conform to our assumptions. Specifically, our actual ultimate loss ratio could differ from our initial expected loss ratio or our actual reporting and payment patterns could differ from our expected reporting and payment patterns, which are based on our own data and industry data. Accordingly, the ultimate settlement of losses and the related loss adjustment expenses may vary significantly from the estimates included in our financial statements. We regularly review our estimates and adjust them as necessary as experience develops or as new information becomes known to us. Such adjustments are included in the results of current operations.

Investment Valuation and Fair Value

We invest in a variety of investment grade fixed maturity securities, including U.S. government issues, state government issues, mortgage and asset-backed obligations, and corporate bonds. All of our investments in fixed maturity securities and equity securities are carried at fair value, defined as the price that we would receive upon selling an investment in an orderly transaction to an independent buyer in the principal or most advantageous market of the investment. Market participants are assumed to be independent, knowledgeable, able and willing to transact an exchange and not acting under duress.

In our disclosure of the fair value of our investments, we utilize a hierarchy based on the quality of inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). Adjustments to transaction prices or quoted market prices may be required in illiquid or disorderly markets in order to estimate fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices are available in active markets for identical investments as of the reporting date.

84


Level 2—Pricing inputs are quoted prices for similar investments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar investments in inactive markets; or valuations based on models where the significant inputs are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3—Pricing inputs into models are unobservable for the investment. The unobservable inputs require significant management judgment or estimation.

We use independent pricing sources to obtain the estimated fair values of investments. The fair value is based on quoted market prices, where available. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, the fair value is based on a variety of valuation techniques depending on the type of investment. The fair values obtained from independent pricing sources are reviewed for reasonableness and any discrepancies are investigated for final valuation.

The fair value of our investments in fixed maturity securities is estimated using relevant inputs, including available market information, benchmark curves, benchmarking of like securities, sector groupings, and matrix pricing. An Option Adjusted Spread model is also used to develop prepayment and interest rate scenarios. These fair value measurements are estimated based on observable, objectively verifiable market information rather than market quotes; therefore, these investments are classified and disclosed in Level 2 of the hierarchy.

The fair value of our investments in equity securities is based on quoted prices available in active markets and classified and disclosed in Level 1 of the hierarchy.

Investment securities are subject to fluctuations in fair value due to changes in issuer-specific circumstances, such as credit rating, and changes in industry-specific circumstances, such as movements in credit spreads based on the market’s perception of industry risks. In addition, fixed maturities are subject to fluctuations in fair value due to changes in interest rates. As a result of these potential fluctuations, it is possible to have significant unrealized gains or losses on a security. Unrealized gains and losses on our fixed maturity securities are included in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of total stockholders’ equity. Equity securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included as a component of net income on the Company’s consolidated statement of income. Prior to 2018, unrealized gains and losses on equity securities were included in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

The Company adopted new accounting guidance beginning with this Annual Report on 10-K, and is now required to consider recognizing an allowance for credit losses on its financial assets, including its available-for-sale securities. All financial assets measured at amortized cost are required to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected by means of an allowance for credit losses that is included in net income. Credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities are also required to be recorded through a reversible allowance for credit losses, but the allowance is limited to the amount by which fair value is less than amortized cost. The previous accounting guidance delayed the recognition of credit losses until it was probable a loss had been incurred.

The Company reviews all securities with unrealized losses on a regular basis to assess whether the decline in the securities fair value necessitates the recognition of an allowance for credit losses. Factors considered in the review include the extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost, and current market interest rates and whether the unrealized loss is credit-driven or a result of changes in market interest rates. The Company also considers factors specific to the issuer including the general financial condition of the issuer, the issuers industry and future business prospects, any past failure of issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments, and the payment structure of the investment and the issuers ability to make contractual payments on the investment.

The Company also considers whether it intends to sell the security or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost. When assessing whether it intends to sell a fixed-maturity security or if it is likely to be required to sell a fixed-maturity security before recovery of its amortized cost, the Company evaluates facts and circumstances including, but not limited to, decisions to reposition the investment

85


portfolio, potential sales of investments to meet cash flow needs, and potential sales of investments to capitalize on favorable pricing.

For fixed-maturity securities where a decline in fair value is below the amortized cost basis and the Company intends to sell the security, or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost, a credit-loss charge is recognized in net income based on the fair value of the security at the time of assessment. For fixed-maturity securities that the Company has the intent and ability to hold, the Company compares the estimated present value of the cash flows expected to be collected to the amortized cost of the security. The extent to which the estimated present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost of the security represents the credit-related portion of the impairment, which is recognized in net income through an allowance for credit losses. Any remaining decline in fair value represents the noncredit portion of the impairment, which is recognized in other comprehensive income.

The Company reports accrued interest receivable as a component of accrued investment income on its consolidated balance sheet which is presented separately from available-for-sale securities. The Company does not measure an allowance for credit losses on accrued interest receivable and instead would write off accrued interest receivable at the time an issuer defaults or is expected to default on payments.

The Company did not recognize any credit losses during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 related to its available-for-sale securities.

Deferred Income Taxes

We account for taxes under the asset and liability method, under which we record deferred income taxes as assets or liabilities on our balance sheet to reflect the net tax effect of the temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured by applying enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which such differences are expected to reverse.

Our deferred tax assets result from temporary differences primarily attributable to unearned premiums and net operating losses (“NOLs”). Our deferred tax liabilities result primarily from deferred acquisition costs and unrealized gains in the investment portfolio. On a quarterly basis, we review our deferred tax assets and, if we determine that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we reduce our deferred tax asset with a valuation allowance. The assessment requires significant judgement and review of all positive and negative evidence to reach a conclusion that it is more likely than not that all or some of portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We consider multiple factors, including the nature and amount of the deferred tax asset, the expected timing of when an asset will be used, and the historical profitability of our entities.

Prior to March 2019, the Company was a Cayman Islands incorporated holding company with U.K. tax residency. In addition, the Company’s Bermuda based subsidiary, PSRE, was not required to pay any taxes on its income or capital gains but was subject to a 1% U.S. federal excise tax on reinsurance premiums assumed. As a result of our multinational operations our effective tax rate has historically been below that of a fully U.S. based operation. In 2019, the Company became a Delaware corporation and all income and became subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Prior to 2019, the Company maintained a valuation allowance on the U.S. tax attributes due to significant negative evidence, including cumulative U.S. losses in the most recent three-year period and our assessment that the realization of the net deferred tax assets did not meet the “more likely than not” criteria under ASC 740, Income Taxes. Management assessed available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income would be generated to permit use of the existing deferred tax assets. The projected reversal of temporary differences, the Domestication, and projected future operating income in the U.S. represents significant positive evidence, which outweighed the historical negative evidence.

Based on this evidence, management determined it was more likely than not that the federal deferred tax assets are recoverable and therefore the associated valuation allowance was released as of March 31, 2019. We decreased the

86


valuation allowance on the federal deferred tax assets by $1.7 million because of this analysis. State NOL carryforwards, due to the limited carryforward period, did not meet the “more likely than not” criteria and we continued to maintain a valuation allowance on the associated deferred tax assets. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period change or if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See “Note 2—Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of accounting pronouncements recently adopted and recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted and their potential impact to our financial statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements (as defined by applicable regulations of the SEC) that are reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of economic losses due to adverse changes in the estimated fair value of a financial instrument as the result of changes in equity prices, interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices. Our consolidated balance sheets include assets and liabilities with estimated fair values that are subject to market risk. Our primary market risks have been equity price risk associated with investments in equity securities and interest rate risk associated with investments in fixed maturities. We do not have material exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk or commodity risk.

Credit risk is the potential loss resulting from adverse changes in an issuer’s ability to repay its debt obligations. General concern exists about the number of municipalities experiencing financial difficulties in light of the adverse economic conditions experienced over the past several years. We manage the exposure to credit risk in our municipal bond portfolio by investing in high quality securities and by diversifying our holdings, which are typically either general obligation or revenue bonds related to essential products and services. We manage the exposure to credit risk in our corporate bond portfolio by investing in high quality securities and by diversifying our holdings.

We monitor our investment portfolio to ensure that credit risk does not exceed prudent levels. The majority of our investment portfolio is invested in high credit quality, investment grade fixed maturity securities. We also invest in higher yielding fixed maturities and equity securities. Our fixed maturity portfolio has an average rating by at least one nationally recognized rating organization of “AA−,” with approximately 74.2% rated “A−” or better. At December 31, 2020, 0.6% of our fixed maturity portfolio was unrated or rated below investment grade. Our fixed maturity portfolio includes some securities issued with financial guaranty insurance. We purchase fixed maturities based on our assessment of the credit quality of the underlying assets without regard to insurance.

Interest Rate Risk

We manage our exposure to interest rate risk through a disciplined asset/liability matching and capital management process. In the management of this risk, the characteristics of duration, credit and variability of cash flows are critical elements. We regularly assess these risks and balance them within the context of our liability and capital position.

As of December 31, 2020 the estimated fair value of our fixed maturities was $398.0 million. We estimate that a 100-basis point increase in interest rates would cause a 3.9% decline in the estimated fair value of our fixed maturities portfolio, while a 100-basis point decrease in interest rates would cause a 4.2% increase in the estimated fair value of

87


that portfolio. The selected scenarios are not predictions of future events, but rather illustrate the effect that such events may have on the fair value of our fixed maturities portfolio.

Inflation

We establish our insurance premiums prior to knowing the amount of losses and loss adjustment expenses or the extent to which inflation may affect such amounts. We attempt to anticipate the potential impact of inflation in our pricing and our establishing of reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses. Inflation in excess of the levels we have assumed could cause losses and loss adjustment expenses to be higher than we anticipated.

Substantial future increases in inflation could also result in future increases in interest rates, which in turn are likely to result in a decline in the market value of the investment portfolio and cause unrealized losses or reductions in total stockholders’ equity.

Seasonality

Our Commercial All Risk, Specialty Homeowners and Hawaii Hurricane businesses expose us to claims from seasonal weather events such as hurricanes and windstorms. The occurrence of such events typically increases between June and November of each year. As a result, we may experience increased losses in our Commercial All Risk, Specialty Homeowners and Hawaii Hurricane lines of business during this period. Our Residential Earthquake and Commercial Earthquake businesses are not subject to seasonality.

88


Item 8: Financial Statements

Palomar Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Index to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Palomar Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for each of the Three Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

90

Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019

93

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the three years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

94

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the three years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

95

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

96

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

98

Schedule II—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant—Parent Company only

129

Schedule V—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

133

Schedules other than those listed are omitted for the reason that they are not required, are not applicable or that equivalent information has been included in the financial statements or notes thereto or elsewhere herein.

89


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Palomar Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited Palomar Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Palomar Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes and financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 15(a) and our report dated March 9, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Francisco, California

March 9, 2021

90


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Palomar Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Palomar Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes and financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 9, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Valuation of Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

Description of the Matter

At December 31, 2020, the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses (LAE) is $129,036 thousand. As explained in Notes 2 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements, the reserve for losses and LAE represents management's best estimate for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses on reported losses and estimates of losses incurred but not reported (IBNR), net of salvage and subrogation recoveries. The liability is based on individual claims, case reserves and other estimates reported by policyholders, as well as management estimates of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses. Inherent in the

91


estimates of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses are expected trends in claims severity and frequency and other factors that could vary significantly as claims are settled. IBNR reserves include an estimate for future loss payments on incurred claims not yet reported and for expected development on reported claims. There is significant uncertainty inherent in determining management’s best estimate of IBNR, which is sensitive to significant assumptions including the selection of actuarial methods and reported and paid loss emergence patterns.

Auditing management’s best estimate of IBNR reserves was complex due to the highly judgmental nature of the assumptions, including selection of actuarial methods and reported and paid loss emergence patterns, used in the valuation process. These assumptions have a significant effect on the valuation of reserves for IBNR claims.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the Company’s controls over the process for estimating IBNR reserves. This included, among other procedures, testing management review controls in place over the review and approval of methods and assumptions used in estimating IBNR reserves.

To test IBNR reserves, our audit procedures included, among others, testing the completeness and accuracy of the data used in the calculation by testing reconciliations of the underlying claims and policyholder data recorded in the source systems to the actuarial reserving calculations and comparing a sample of incurred and paid claims to source documentation. We evaluated with the assistance of our actuarial specialists, the Company’s selection and weighting of actuarial methods compared to methods used in prior periods and in the industry for the specific types of insurance. To evaluate the significant assumptions used by management, we compared the assumptions to current and historical claims trends and to current industry benchmarks. We compared the Company’s recorded reserves to a range of reasonable reserve estimates developed by our actuarial specialists based on independently selected methods and assumptions. We also compared the results of the reserve study prepared by a third-party actuarial firm to management’s recorded reserve. Additionally, we performed a hindsight analysis of the prior period estimates using subsequent claims development.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016

San Francisco, California

March 9, 2021

92


Palomar Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except shares and par value data)

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

2020

2019

Assets

 

  

 

  

Investments:

 

  

 

  

Fixed maturity securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost: $381,279 in 2020; $211,278 in 2019)

$

397,987

$

217,151

Equity securities, at fair value (cost: $22,291 in 2020; $21,336 in 2019)

 

24,322

 

22,328

Total investments

 

422,309

 

239,479

Cash and cash equivalents

 

33,538

 

33,119

Restricted cash

 

248

 

230

Accrued investment income

 

2,545

 

1,386

Premium receivable

 

48,842

 

36,237

Deferred policy acquisition costs

 

35,481

 

25,201

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses

 

94,566

 

12,952

Reinsurance recoverable on paid losses and loss adjustment expenses

 

10,162

 

4,303

Ceded unearned premiums

 

35,031

 

26,105

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

34,119

 

14,861

Property and equipment, net

 

739

 

845

Intangible assets

 

11,512

 

744

Total assets

$

729,092

$

395,462

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

  

 

  

Liabilities:

 

  

 

  

Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities

$

20,730

$

13,555

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses

 

129,036

 

16,821

Unearned premiums

 

183,489

 

130,373

Ceded premium payable

 

22,233

 

11,383

Funds held under reinsurance treaty

 

4,515

 

1,658

Income and excise taxes payable

 

 

1,117

Deferred tax liabilities, net

5,376

1,999

Total liabilities

 

365,379

 

176,906

Stockholders' equity:

 

  

 

  

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 25,525,796 and 23,468,750 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively

 

3

 

2

Additional paid-in capital

 

310,507

 

180,012

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

13,246

 

4,686

Retained earnings

 

39,957

 

33,856

Total stockholders' equity

 

363,713

 

218,556

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$

729,092

$

395,462

See accompanying notes.

93


Palomar Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

(in thousands, except shares and per share data)

Year Ended December 31,

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

Revenues:

 

  

 

  

  

Gross written premiums

$

354,360

$

251,961

$

154,891

Ceded written premiums

 

(155,102)

 

(108,332)

 

(82,949)

Net written premiums

 

199,258

 

143,629

 

71,942

Change in unearned premiums

 

(44,190)

(43,422)

(2,045)

Net earned premiums

 

155,068

 

100,207

 

69,897

Net investment income

 

8,612

5,975

3,238

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments

 

1,488

4,443

(2,569)

Commission and other income

 

3,295

2,671

2,405

Total revenues

 

168,463

 

113,296

 

72,971

Expenses:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

64,115

5,593

6,274

Acquisition expenses

64,041

37,259

28,224

Other underwriting expenses (includes stock-based compensation of $2,167, $24,103 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

34,084

51,299

17,957

Interest expense

1,068

2,303

Total expenses

 

162,240

 

95,219

 

54,758

Income before income taxes

 

6,223

 

18,077

 

18,213

Income tax expense (benefit)

(34)

7,456

(6)

Net income

 

6,257

 

10,621

 

18,219

Other comprehensive income, net:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale, net of taxes

8,560

5,249

(341)

Total comprehensive income

$

14,817

$

15,870

$

17,878

Per Share Data:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic earnings per share

$

0.25

$

0.49

$

1.07

Diluted earnings per share

$

0.24

$

0.49

$

1.07

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

Basic

 

24,872,251

 

21,501,541

 

17,000,000

Diluted

25,598,647

21,834,934

17,000,000

See accompanying notes.

94


Palomar Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity

(in thousands, except share data)

    

Number of

    

    

    

Accumulated

    

    

Common

Additional

Other

Total

Shares

Common

Paid-In

Comprehensive

Retained

Stockholders'

Outstanding

Stock

Capital

Income (Loss) 

Earnings

Equity

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

17,000,000

$

2

$

68,498

$

2,993

$

6,921

$

78,414

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

(341)

 

 

(341)

Cumulative effect of adopting ASU 2016-01

 

 

 

 

(3,215)

 

3,215

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

18,219

 

18,219

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

17,000,000

$

2

$

68,498

$

(563)

$

28,355

$

96,292

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

17,000,000

$

2

$

68,498

$

(563)

$

28,355

$

96,292

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

5,249

5,249

Distribution to stockholder

(5,120)

(5,120)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

24,103

 

 

 

24,103

Issuance of common stock in initial public offering, net of offering costs

 

6,468,750

 

 

87,411

 

 

 

87,411

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

10,621

 

10,621

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

23,468,750

$

2

$

180,012

$

4,686

$

33,856

$

218,556

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

23,468,750

$

2

$

180,012

$

4,686

$

33,856

$

218,556

Cumulative effect of adopting ASU 2016-13 (Note 2)

(156)

(156)

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

8,560

 

 

8,560

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

2,167

 

 

 

2,167

Issuance of common stock in January 2020 stock offering, net of offering costs

750,000

35,464

35,464

Issuance of common stock in June 2020 stock offering, net of offering costs

1,150,000

1

90,082

90,083

Issuance of common stock via employee stock purchase plan

 

28,367

 

 

741

 

 

 

741

Issuance of common stock via equity incentive plan

128,679

2,041

2,041

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

6,257

 

6,257

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

25,525,796

$

3

$

310,507

$

13,246

$

39,957

$

363,713

See accompanying notes.

95


Palomar Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

Operating activities

 

  

 

  

  

Net income

$

6,257

$

10,621

$

18,219

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

  

Stock-based compensation expense

2,167

24,103

Depreciation and amortization expense

1,336

216

212

Amortization and write-off of debt issuance costs

921

443

Loss on asset disposal

1

Net realized and unrealized losses (gains) on investments

(1,488)

(4,443)

2,569

Amortization of premium on fixed maturity securities

1,214

431

481

Deferred income tax expense

1,094

646

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Accrued investment income

(1,159)

(652)

54

Premium receivable

(12,754)

(17,604)

(3,546)

Deferred policy acquisition costs

(10,280)

(11,149)

1,109

Reinsurance recoverables

(87,473)

(2,693)

70

Ceded unearned premiums

(8,926)

(7,821)

(15,109)

Prepaid expenses and other assets

(20,356)

(8,998)

(4,603)

Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities

5,998

3,287

2,748

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses

112,215

760

(1,723)

Unearned premiums

53,116

51,243

17,154

Ceded premiums payable

10,850

776

5,538

Funds held under reinsurance treaty

2,857

938

(797)

Income taxes payable

(1,117)

1,117

(11)

Net cash provided by operating activities

53,551

41,700

22,808

Investing activities

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(132)

 

(115)

 

(332)

Purchases of fixed maturity securities

 

(295,002)

 

(211,587)

 

(102,745)

Purchases of equity securities

 

(46,944)

 

(58,858)

 

(33,712)

Sales and maturities of fixed maturity securities

 

124,243

 

124,151

 

81,215

Sales of equity securities

 

45,983

 

64,820

 

29,959

Securities receivable or payable, net

(2,523)

1,023

250

Purchase of policy renewal rights

(7,068)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(181,443)

 

(80,566)

 

(25,365)

Financing activities

 

  

 

  

 

  

Proceeds from initial public offering, net of offering costs

87,411

Repayment of surplus notes

(17,500)

Distribution to stockholder

(5,120)

Proceeds from issuance of Floating Rate Notes, net of issuance costs

 

 

 

19,049

Redemption of Floating Rate Notes

 

 

(20,000)

 

Proceeds from January 2020 stock offering, net of offering costs

35,464

Proceeds from June 2020 stock offering, net of offering costs

90,083

Proceeds from common stock issued via employee stock purchase plan

741

Proceeds from common stock issued via stock option exercises

2,041

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

128,329

 

62,291

 

1,549

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

437

 

23,425

 

(1,008)

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

 

33,349

 

9,924

 

10,932

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period

$

33,786

$

33,349

$

9,924

Supplementary cash flow information:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Cash paid for income taxes

$

7,182

$

5,645

$

11

Cash paid for interest

$

$

1,162

$

1,727

96


The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash within the consolidated balance sheets (in thousands):

December 31, 

December 31, 

2020

2019

Cash and cash equivalents

$

33,538

$

33,119

Restricted cash

 

248

 

230

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

$

33,786

$

33,349

See accompanying notes.

97


Palomar Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Summary of Operations and Basis of Presentation

Summary of Operations

Palomar Holdings, Inc. (“the Company”) is a Delaware incorporated insurance holding company that was founded in 2014. The Company has several wholly owned subsidiaries including an Oregon domiciled insurance company, Palomar Specialty Insurance Company (“PSIC”), a Bermuda based reinsurance company, Palomar Specialty Reinsurance Company Bermuda Ltd. (“PSRE”), an Arizona domiciled surplus lines insurance company, Palomar Excess and Surplus Insurance Company (“PESIC”), and a California domiciled property and casualty insurance agency, Palomar Insurance Agency, DBA Palomar General Insurance Agency (“PGIA”).

PSIC is a property and casualty insurance company domiciled in the state of Oregon. The Company’s core focus is on the residential and commercial earthquake markets in earthquake-exposed states such as California, Oregon, Washington, and states with exposure to the New Madrid Seismic Zone. The Company also offers products tailored to broader geographic regions and perils, including Hawaii residential hurricane, Specialty Homeowners, Inland Marine, and Flood products. PSIC is licensed to underwrite insurance on an admitted basis in 32 states in the United States, as of December 31, 2020, mainly through managing general insurance agencies, wholesale brokers, and independent agents.

PSRE is a Bermuda captive reinsurance company that has historically been used to reinsure certain premiums on a quota share basis exclusively for PSIC.

PESIC is an Arizona domiciled surplus lines insurance company. PESIC is licensed in Arizona to write surplus lines policies across all the Company’s lines of business and was formed and began writing policies in 2020.

PGIA is a property and casualty general insurance agency for PSIC, PESIC, and unaffiliated insurance carriers. As a general insurance agency, PGIA assists in developing insurance products, underwriting insurance policies, and receiving and disbursing funds from premium and loss transactions under contracts on behalf of insurance companies. PGIA earns commissions from the product development, marketing, and servicing of the insurance companies’ programs. PGIA also earns fee income from policyholder transactions.

The Company operates as an insurance holding company system and is subject to the insurance holding company laws of the States of Oregon and Arizona, the states in which PSIC and PESIC are domiciled. The Company is also commercially domiciled in California, making it subject to California insurance holding company laws. These statutes require that each insurance company in the system register with the insurance department of its state of domicile and furnish information concerning the operations of companies within the holding company system that may materially affect the operations, management or financial condition of the insurers within the system and domiciled in that state.

The Company has a single operating segment, the property and casualty insurance business. While the Company’s chief operating decision-maker reviews the revenue streams attributable to individual products, operations are managed, resources are allocated, and financial performance is evaluated on a consolidated basis.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

98


Stock Split

On March 15, 2019, the Company effected a 17,000,000 for one forward stock split in conjunction with domestication in the United States. All share and per share information included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split for the Company’s common stock for all periods presented.

Initial Public Offering (“IPO”)

On April 22, 2019, the Company completed its IPO with the sale of 6,468,750 shares of common stock at a price to the public of $15.00 per share, including 843,750 shares sold upon the exercise in full of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares. After underwriter discounts and commissions and offering expenses, net proceeds from the IPO were approximately $87.4 million.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates and assumptions could change in the future as more information becomes known, which could impact the amounts reported and disclosed herein. All revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised. Significant estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses, and the fair values of investments.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include time deposits and marketable securities with original maturities of three months or less at acquisition and are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company maintains cash balances in federally insured financial institutions.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash includes cash on deposit with reinsurance carriers. Restricted cash also includes cash held in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of third-party insurance carriers.

Investments

All of the Company’s investments in fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value.

Investment income consists primarily of interest and dividends. Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis. Premiums and discounts on mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities are amortized or accrued using the prospective method which considers anticipated prepayments at the date of purchase. To the extent that the estimated lives of such securities change as a result of changes in estimated prepayment rates, the adjustments are included in net investment income using the prospective method. Dividend income is recognized on the ex-dividend date. Net investment income represents investment income, net of expenses.

Unrealized gains and losses related to fixed maturity securities are included in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Equity securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included as a component of net income on the Company’s consolidated statement of income

99


and comprehensive income. The Company uses the specific-identification method to determine the cost of fixed maturity securities sold and the first-in, first-out method for lots of equity securities sold.

The Company reviews all securities with unrealized losses on a quarterly basis to assess whether the decline in the securities fair value necessitates the recognition of an allowance for credit losses. Factors considered in the review include the extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost, and current market interest rates and whether the unrealized loss is credit-driven or a result of changes in market interest rates. The Company also considers factors specific to the issuer including the general financial condition of the issuer, the issuers industry and future business prospects, any past failure of issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments, and the payment structure of the investment and the issuers ability to make contractual payments on the investment.

The Company also considers whether it intends to sell the security or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost. When assessing whether it intends to sell a fixed-maturity security or if it is likely to be required to sell a fixed-maturity security before recovery of its amortized cost, the Company evaluates facts and circumstances including, but not limited to, decisions to reposition the investment portfolio, potential sales of investments to meet cash flow needs, and potential sales of investments to capitalize on favorable pricing.

For fixed-maturity securities where a decline in fair value is below the amortized cost basis and the Company intends to sell the security, or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost, a credit-loss charge is recognized in net income based on the fair value of the security at the time of assessment. For fixed-maturity securities that the Company has the intent and ability to hold, the Company compares the estimated present value of the cash flows expected to be collected to the amortized cost of the security. The extent to which the estimated present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost of the security represents the credit-related portion of the impairment, which is recognized in net income through an allowance for credit losses. Any remaining decline in fair value represents the noncredit portion of the impairment, which is recognized in other comprehensive income.

The Company reports accrued interest receivable as a component of accrued investment income on its consolidated balance sheet which is presented separately from available-for-sale securities. The Company does not measure an allowance for credit losses on accrued interest receivable and instead would write off accrued interest receivable at the time an issuer defaults or is expected to default on payments.

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-13, the Company evaluated fixed maturity securities for credit losses and any losses were bifurcated into the credit-related loss and the loss related to all other factors. The credit-related impairment loss would have been recognized as a realized loss in the statement of income and comprehensive income and the cost basis of the security would have been reduced. The impairment related to other factors would have remained in accumulated other comprehensive income.

The Company did not recognize any credit losses during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 related to its available-for-sale securities.

Fair Value

Fair value is defined as the price that the Company would receive upon selling an investment in an orderly transaction to an independent buyer in the principal or most advantageous market of the investment.

The three-tier hierarchy of inputs is summarized in the three broad levels listed below:

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices are available in active markets for identical investments as of the reporting date.

100


Level 2—Pricing inputs are quoted prices for similar investments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar investments in inactive markets; or valuation based on models where the significant inputs are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3—Pricing inputs into models are unobservable for the investment. The unobservable inputs require significant management judgment or estimation.

To measure fair value, the Company obtains quoted market prices for its investment securities from its outside investment managers. If a quoted market price is not available, the Company uses prices of similar securities. The fair values obtained from the outside investment managers are reviewed for reasonableness and any discrepancies are investigated for final valuation.

The fair value of the Company’s investments in fixed maturity securities is estimated using relevant inputs, including available market information, benchmark curves, benchmarking of like securities, sector groupings, and matrix pricing. An Option Adjusted Spread model is also used to develop prepayment and interest rate scenarios. Industry standard models are used to analyze and value securities with embedded options or prepayment sensitivities. These fair value measurements are estimated based on observable, objectively verifiable market information rather than market quotes; therefore, these investments are classified and disclosed in Level 2 of the hierarchy.

The fair value of the Company’s investments in equity securities is based on quoted prices available in active markets and classified and disclosed in Level 1 of the hierarchy.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, fixed maturity securities and reinsurance recoverables. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions and its fixed maturity securities in securities of the U.S. government, U.S. government agencies, and high credit quality issuers of debt securities. The Company evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and reinsures its business with highly rated reinsurers and sometimes requires letters of credit or retains funds from reinsurers (see Note 10).

Premiums Receivable

Premiums receivable represent amounts due from policyholders, insurance agents, or program administrators for policies written. Generally, premiums are collected prior to providing risk coverage, minimizing the Company’s exposure to credit risk. Premiums receivable are short-term in nature and due within a year. The Company has established an allowance for uncollectable premiums related to its credit risk, which it reviews on a quarterly basis and adjusts as appropriate. The company considers the current economic environment, specific regulatory developments, and historic payment and cancelation trends by line of business and location when determining whether to record an allowance for uncollectable premiums.

Prior to December 31, 2019, the Company did not have an allowance for uncollectable premiums. An initial allowance for uncollectable premiums of $0.2 million was established upon adoption of ASC 2016-13 on January 1, 2020 and the company recognized an immaterial amount of credit losses relating to uncollectable premiums during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

The costs of successfully acquiring new business, principally commission expense and premium taxes, are deferred and amortized over the terms of the policies in force, net of any ceding commissions.

101


Premiums Earned

Gross premiums written are recorded at policy inception and are earned as revenue ratably over the term of the respective policies. Premiums written not yet recognized as revenue are reflected as unearned premiums on the balance sheet, or as advanced premiums if received prior to the policy effective date. Premiums written where cash is not yet received are recognized as premiums receivable.

A premium deficiency is recognized if the sum of expected losses and loss adjustment expenses, unamortized acquisition costs, and policy maintenance costs exceeds the remaining unearned premiums. A premium deficiency would first be recognized by charging any unamortized acquisition costs to expense to the extent required to eliminate the deficiency. If the premium deficiency were greater than unamortized acquisition costs, a liability would be accrued for the excess deficiency. The Company does not consider anticipated investment income when determining if a premium deficiency exists. There was no premium deficiency at December 31, 2020 or 2019.

Commission and Other Income

Commission and other income is comprised of commissions earned on policies where the Company has no exposure to underlying risk and fees earned in conjunction with underwriting policies. Commission and fee income is earned at the time the policy is written.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are capitalized and carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation for property and equipment is calculated on a straight-line basis using useful lives of 3 to 5 years. Leasehold improvements and other fixed assets are capitalized and depreciated over the useful lives of the properties and equipment. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. Upon disposition, the asset cost and related depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is included in the Company’s results of operations.

Capitalized Software

Costs associated with the implementation of certain internal systems are capitalized and carried at capitalized cost less accumulated amortization and are included as a component of prepaid expenses and other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Costs capitalized include internal personnel costs, external developer costs, and interest. The implementation costs relate to systems built on software which the Company purchases under a cloud computing arrangement and accounts for as a service contract. As such, capitalized costs are amortized over the term of the service contract, which currently ends in December 2024.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of both finite and indefinite lived assets. Finite lived intangible assets consist of customer relationships acquired from another insurer during 2020. Indefinite lived intangible assets consist of state licenses acquired upon formation of the Company. Intangible assets are initially recognized and measured at fair value and are subsequently evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if circumstances warrant it. No impairments of intangible assets were recognized for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 or 2018.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets with finite lives are tested for impairment whenever recognized events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. If indicators of impairment are present, the fair value is calculated using estimated future cash flows expected to be generated from the use of those assets. An impairment loss is recognized only if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of

102


the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset or asset group. This assessment is based on the carrying amount of the asset or asset group at the date it is tested for recoverability. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset or asset group exceeds its fair value. No impairments of long-lived assets were recognized for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

The reserve for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses includes estimates for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses on reported losses and estimates of losses incurred but not reported (“IBNR”), net of salvage and subrogation recoveries. The liability is based on individual claims, case reserves and other estimates reported by policyholders, as well as management estimates of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses. Inherent in the estimates of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses are expected trends in claims severity and frequency and other factors that could vary significantly as claims are settled.

The Company’s estimates of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses are based in part upon the estimation of claims resulting from natural disasters such as hurricanes and earthquakes. Estimation by management of the ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses resulting from catastrophic events is inherently difficult because of the potential severity of property catastrophe claims. Therefore, the Company uses both proprietary and commercially available models, as well as historic claims experience, for purposes of providing an estimate of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses.

Reserves for IBNR are established in accordance with industry practice to provide for (i) the estimated amount of future loss payments on incurred claims not yet reported, and (ii) potential development on reported claims. IBNR reserves are estimated based on generally accepted actuarial reserving techniques that consider quantitative loss experience data and, where appropriate, qualitative factors.

Ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses may vary materially from the amounts provided in the consolidated financial statements. Estimates of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses are reviewed regularly and, as experience develops and new information becomes known, the liabilities are adjusted as necessary. Such adjustments, if any, are reflected in operations in the period in which they become known and are accounted for as changes in estimates. The Company does not discount its liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses.

The Company does not write insurance policies covering toxic clean-up, asbestos-related illness or other environmental remediation exposures.

Reinsurance

The Company purchases excess of loss and quota share reinsurance to protect it against the impact of losses. Reinsurance premiums, commissions, ceded unearned premiums are accounted for on bases consistent with the underlying terms of the reinsurance contracts and in proportion to the amount of insurance protection provided. The Company receives ceding commissions in connection with quota share reinsurance. The ceding commissions are capitalized and amortized as a reduction of acquisition expenses. Amounts applicable to ceded unearned premiums are reported as assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Premiums earned and losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred are stated in the accompanying consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income net of amounts ceded to reinsurers.

Reinsurance recoverables represent balances due to the Company from its reinsurers for paid and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses. The Company is exposed to credit losses from reinsurers being unable to meet their obligations. The Company evaluates the financial condition of potential reinsurers and reinsures its business only with highly rated reinsurers with a rating of “A-“ (Excellent) (Outlook Stable) or better from A.M. Best. Reinsurers who do not meet the Company’s rating criteria are required to post collateral. The Company reviews credit quality of its reinsurers on a quarterly basis. The Company’s reinsurance contracts also include special termination provisions that allow the Company to cancel and replace any participating reinsurer that is downgraded below a rating of “A−” from A.M. Best, or whose surplus drops by more than 20%. Historically, the Company has not experienced any credit

103


losses from reinsurance recoverables and did not have an allowance for uncollectable reinsurance recoverables as of December 31, 2020 or December 31, 2019.

Stock Based Compensation Expense

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of awards. The Company does not apply a forfeiture rate to unvested awards and accounts for forfeitures as they occur. For stock option grants, the fair value of awards is estimated using the Black Scholes Model. The fair value of restricted stock units is determined using the closing price of the Company's common stock on the grant date. All stock-based compensation is included in other underwriting expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

Income Taxes

The Company is taxed as a property/casualty insurer for federal income tax purposes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect during the year in which the basis differences reverse. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit of uncertain tax positions where the position is more likely than not to be sustained assuming examination by taxing authorities. Based on its evaluation for the tax years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company has concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in its financial statements. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, as a component of income tax expense. The Company has not been assessed interest or penalties by any major tax jurisdictions for the respective tax years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the dilution which could occur if equity-based awards are converted into common share equivalents as calculated using the treasury stock method. When inclusion of additional common share equivalents increases the earnings per share or reduces the loss per share, the effect on earnings per share is anti-dilutive, and the diluted net earnings or net loss per share is computed excluding these common share equivalents.

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

Clarification on change in filing status and prior quarterly information

Prior to December 31, 2020, the Company qualified as an emerging growth company (“EGC”) under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. The Company was previously electing to adopt new or revised accounting guidance within the same time periods as private companies as permitted by its status as an EGC. 

The Company became a large accelerated filed on December 31, 2020 and must now adopt new accounting guidance within the same time periods as public companies, beginning with this 2020 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Prior to this annual report, the Company’s 2020 quarterly filings did not reflect adoption of the below guidance as the Company was not required to have adopted it. Upon adoption of the below guidance, the Company updated its financials as if the below guidance was adopted on January 1, 2020, however, this adoption had a negligible impact on previously filed quarterly information.

104


Leases

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new guidance for accounting for leases, ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and subsequently issued multiple clarifying updates to the guidance. This updated guidance requires the recognition of a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and a corresponding lease liability, discounted to the present value, for all leases that extend beyond 12 months. Under the previous guidance, leases were only included on the balance sheet if the criteria to classify the agreement as a capital lease were met.

The Company adopted this new guidance as of January 1, 2020. The Company adopted this guidance using the modified retrospective transition method, applying the transition provisions on the date of adoption and not restating prior periods. The Company elected to use a number of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, but did not elect to use hindsight in determining the lease term. Upon adoption, the Company recognized a ROU asset of $2.9 million and lease liabilities of $3.8 million, with the difference representing the reclassification of deferred rent and lease incentive liabilities (the difference between the straight-line rent expenses and cash paid for rent under the leases) to operating lease ROU assets from other liabilities. The ROU asset and corresponding liability recognized pertained to various operating leases for office space. The Company did not have any cumulative-effect adjustment because of the adoption.

Measurement of credit losses

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326) and subsequently issued multiple clarifying updates to the guidance. This updated guidance requires financial assets measured at amortized cost to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected by means of an allowance for credit losses that is included in net income. Credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities are also required to be recorded through a reversible allowance for credit losses, but the allowance is limited to the amount by which fair value is less than amortized cost. The previous accounting guidance delayed the recognition of credit losses until it was probable a loss had been incurred.

The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2020 using the modified retrospective approach and recorded a $0.2 million cumulative effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings upon adoption relating to an allowance for credit losses on the Company’s premium receivables. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have an impact on value of the Company’s fixed maturity securities or its reinsurance recoverables.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

Income Taxes

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740) Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. Among other things, ASU 2019-12 eliminates certain exceptions for recognizing deferred taxes for investments, performing intra-period tax allocation and calculating income taxes in interim periods. ASU 2019-12 also clarifies the accounting for transactions that result in a step-up in the tax basis of goodwill. ASU 2019-12 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company will adopt this guidance in the first fiscal quarter of 2021 and does not expect adoption to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

105


3. Investments

The Company’s available-for-sale investments are summarized as follows:

    

    

Gross

    

Gross

    

Amortized

Unrealized

Unrealized

Fair

December 31, 2020

Cost or Cost

Gains

Losses

Value

 

(in thousands)

Fixed maturities:

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

U.S. Governments

$

16,308

$

756

$

(5)

$

17,059

States, territories, and possessions

 

6,208

 

428

 

 

6,636

Political subdivisions

 

2,027

 

125

 

 

2,152

Special revenue excluding mortgage/asset-backed securities

 

39,704

 

1,525

 

(2)

 

41,227

Industrial and miscellaneous

 

234,049

 

11,602

(291)

 

245,360

Mortgage/asset-backed securities

 

82,983

 

2,785

 

(215)

 

85,553

Total available-for-sale investments

$

381,279

$

17,221

$

(513)

$

397,987

    

    

Gross

    

Gross

    

Amortized

Unrealized

Unrealized

Fair

December 31, 2019

Cost or Cost

Gains

Losses

Value

 

(in thousands)

Fixed maturities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

U.S. Governments

$

13,371

$

321

$

(13)

$

13,679

States, territories, and possessions

 

2,298

 

147

 

 

2,445

Political subdivisions

 

1,913

 

29

 

 

1,942

Special revenue excluding mortgage/asset-backed securities

 

18,139

 

343

 

(46)

 

18,436

Industrial and miscellaneous

 

124,726

 

4,326

 

(39)

 

129,013

Mortgage/asset-backed securities

 

50,831

 

824

 

(19)

 

51,636

Total available-for-sale investments

$

211,278

$

5,990

$

(117)

$

217,151

Security holdings in an unrealized loss position

As of December 31, 2020, the Company held 90 fixed maturity securities in an unrealized loss position with a total estimated fair value of $41.5 million and total gross unrealized losses of $0.5 million. None of the fixed maturity securities with unrealized losses has ever missed, or been delinquent on, a scheduled principal or interest payment. As of December 31, 2019, the Company held 51 fixed maturity securities in an unrealized loss position with a total estimated fair value of $20.9 million and total gross unrealized losses of $0.1 million. None of the fixed maturity securities with unrealized losses has ever missed, or been delinquent on, a scheduled principal or interest payment.

106


The aggregate fair value and gross unrealized losses of the Company’s investments aggregated by investment category and the length of time these individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, are as follows:

Less Than 12 Months

More Than 12 Months

Total

    

Fair

    

Unrealized

    

Fair

    

Unrealized

    

Fair

    

Unrealized

December 31, 2020

Value

Losses

Value

Losses

Value

Losses

(in thousands)

Fixed maturity securities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

U.S. Governments

 

$

1,496

$

(5)

$

$

$

1,496

$

(5)

States, territories, and possessions

 

 

 

 

 

Political subdivisions

 

 

 

 

 

Special revenue excluding mortgage/asset-backed securities

 

520

(2)

 

 

 

520

 

(2)

Industrial and miscellaneous

 

22,718

(234)

 

203

 

(57)

 

22,921

 

(291)

Mortgage/asset-backed securities

 

16,092

(211)

 

496

 

(4)

 

16,588

 

(215)

Total

$

40,826

$

(452)

$

699

$

(61)

$

41,525

$

(513)

Less Than 12 Months

More Than 12 Months

Total

    

Fair

    

Unrealized

    

Fair

    

Unrealized

    

Fair

    

Unrealized

December 31, 2019

Value

Losses

Value

Losses

Value

Losses

(in thousands)

Fixed maturity securities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

U.S. Governments

$

1,235

$

(11)

$

1,827

$

(2)

$

3,062

$

(13)

States, territories, and possessions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Political subdivisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special revenue excluding mortgage/asset-backed securities

 

3,548

 

(46)

 

 

 

3,548

 

(46)

Industrial and miscellaneous

 

6,929

 

(38)

 

188

 

(1)

 

7,117

 

(39)

Mortgage/asset-backed securities

 

7,035

 

(19)

 

182

 

 

7,217

 

(19)

Total

$

18,747

$

(114)

$

2,197

$

(3)

$

20,944

$

(117)

The Company reviewed the above securities at each balance sheet date to consider whether it was necessary to recognize a credit loss or other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) related to any of these securities. Based on the reviews, the company determined that the fixed maturity securities’ unrealized losses were primarily the result of the interest rate environment and not the credit quality of the issuers for both periods. The Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that that the Company will be required to sell the investments before the recovery of their amortized cost basis. Therefore, the Company did not recognize an allowance for credit losses related to any of these securities for the year ended December 31, 2020 and did not recognize any OTTI charges for the year ended December 31, 2019.

107


Contractual maturities of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities

The amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity securities at December 31, 2020, by contractual maturity, are shown below.

    

Amortized

    

Fair

Cost

Value

 

(in thousands)

Due within one year

$

11,222

$

11,351

Due after one year through five years

 

146,302

 

151,123

Due after five years through ten years

 

99,194

 

106,600

Due after ten years

 

41,578

 

43,360

Mortgage and asset-backed securities

 

82,983

 

85,553

$

381,279

$

397,987

Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations.

Change in unrealized gains (losses) of investments

The following table presents the change in available-for-sale gross unrealized gains or losses by investment type:

Year Ended December 31, 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

(in thousands)

Change in net unrealized gains (losses)

  

  

  

Fixed maturities

$

10,835

$

6,602

$

(341)

Net increase (decrease)

$

10,835

$

6,602

$

(341)

Net investment income summary

Net investment income is summarized as follows:

December 31, 

    

2020

    

2019

 

2018

 

(in thousands)

Interest income

$

8,554

$

5,894

$

3,036

Dividend income

 

489

 

424

 

514

Investment management fees and expenses

 

(431)

 

(343)

 

(312)

Net investment income

$

8,612

$

5,975

$

3,238

108


Net realized and unrealized investment gains and losses

The following table presents net realized and unrealized investment gains and losses:

Year Ended

December 31, 

    

2020

    

2019

 

2018

 

(in thousands)

Realized gains:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Gains on sales of fixed maturity securities

$

501

$

1,405

$

19

Gains on sales of equity securities

 

62

 

177

 

4,287

Total realized gains

 

563

 

1,582

 

4,306

Realized losses:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Losses on sales of fixed maturity securities

 

(46)

(84)

(418)

Losses on sales of equity securities

 

(68)

(64)

(421)

Total realized losses

 

(114)

 

(148)

 

(839)

Net realized investment gains

 

449

 

1,434

 

3,467

Net unrealized gains (losses) on equity securities

 

1,039

 

3,009

 

(6,036)

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments

$

1,488

$

4,443

$

(2,569)

Proceeds from the sale of fixed maturity securities were $39.8 million, $46.3 million and $48.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The Company places securities on statutory deposit with certain state agencies to retain the right to do business in those states. These securities are included in available-for-sale investments on the consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the carrying value of securities on deposit with state regulatory authorities was $7.5 million and $5.1 million, respectively.

4. Fair value measurements

The following tables present the Company’s fair value hierarchy for financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:

December 31, 2020

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Total

 

(in thousands)

Assets:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Fixed maturity securities

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

U.S. Governments

$

$

17,059

$

$

17,059

States, territories, and possessions

 

 

6,636

 

 

6,636

Political subdivisions

 

 

2,152

 

 

2,152

Special revenue excluding mortgage/asset-backed securities

 

 

41,227

 

 

41,227

Industrial and miscellaneous

 

 

245,360

 

 

245,360

Mortgage/asset-backed securities

 

 

85,553

 

 

85,553

Equity securities

 

24,322

 

 

 

24,322

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

33,786

 

 

 

33,786

Total assets

$

58,108

$

397,987

$

$

456,095

109


December 31, 2019

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Total

 

(in thousands)

Assets:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Fixed maturity securities

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

U.S. Governments

$

$

13,679

$

$

13,679

States, territories, and possessions

 

 

2,445

 

 

2,445

Political subdivisions

 

 

1,942

 

 

1,942

Special revenue excluding mortgage/asset-backed securities

 

 

18,436

 

 

18,436

Industrial and miscellaneous

 

 

129,013

 

 

129,013

Mortgage/asset-backed securities

 

 

50,136

 

1,500

 

51,636

Equity securities

 

22,328

 

 

 

22,328

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

28,350

 

4,999

 

 

33,349

Total assets

$

50,678

$

220,650

$

1,500

$

272,828

The carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets including cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, receivables, reinsurance recoverable, and accounts payable and other accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their short term-maturity.

Transfers between Level 3 and Level 2 securities result from changes in the availability of market observable inputs and are recorded at the beginning of the reporting period. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $1.5 million of fixed income securities classified as Level 3 due to the availability of market observable inputs. These securities were transferred to Level 2 during the year ended December 31, 2020.

5. Policy Acquisition Costs

The following tables present the policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized over the terms of the policies in force:

December 31, 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

(in thousands)

Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Balance, beginning of year

$

25,201

$

14,052

$

15,161

Additions to deferred balance:

 

 

  

 

  

Direct commissions

 

82,786

 

59,676

 

36,934

Ceding commissions

 

(19,371)

 

(17,257)

 

(15,218)

Premium taxes

 

7,024

 

5,236

 

3,362

Total net additions

 

70,439

 

47,655

 

25,078

Amortization of net policy acquisition costs

 

(60,159)

 

(36,506)

 

(26,187)

Balance, end of year

$

35,481

$

25,201

$

14,052

Acquisition expenses:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Amortization of net policy acquisition costs

$

60,159

$

36,506

$

26,187

Period costs

 

3,882

 

753

 

2,037

Total Acquisition expenses

$

64,041

$

37,259

$

28,224

110


6. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of the following:

December 31, 

2020

    

2019

(in thousands)

Indefinite-lived intangibles:

State insurance licenses

$

744

$

744

Finite-lived intangibles:

Customer relationships

10,768

Accumulated amortization on finite-lived intangibles

Total intangible assets

$

11,512

$

744

State insurance licenses consist of licenses acquired at the inception of PSIC.

Customer relationships represents the fair value of policy renewal rights acquired by PSIC from another insurance company in November 2020. The policy renewals pertaining to this intangible asset will begin in early 2021 and the Company intends to amortize this customer relationship intangible over a period of 8 years.

7. Capitalized Assets

Capitalized software balances are as follows:

Accumulated

Net

December 31, 2020

    

Cost

Amortization

    

Book Value

(in thousands)

Capitalized Software

    

$

8,450

    

$

(1,767)

    

$

6,683

Accumulated

Net

December 31, 2019

    

Cost

    

Amortization

    

Book Value

(in thousands)

Capitalized Software

    

$

4,567

    

$

(669)

    

$

3,898

Amortization expense relating to capitalized software for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $1.1 million, $0.6 million and $0.03 million, respectively.

Property and Equipment consists of the following:

Accumulated

Net

December 31, 2020

    

Cost

Depreciation

    

Book Value

(in thousands)

Leasehold improvements

$

879

    

$

(459)

$

420

Computer hardware

 

276

 

(100)

 

176

Office equipment and furniture

 

519

 

(376)

 

143

Total

$

1,674

$

(935)

$

739

Accumulated

Net

December 31, 2019

    

Cost

    

Depreciation

    

Book Value

(in thousands)

Leasehold improvements

$

879

$

(342)

$

537

Computer hardware

 

144

 

(64)

 

80

Office equipment and furniture

 

519

 

(291)

 

228

Total

$

1,542

$

(697)

$

845

111


Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $0.2 million, $0.2 million, and $0.2 million respectively.

8. Leases

The Company has operating leases for office space used to conduct its insurance operations and administration activities. Operating lease ROU assets are a component of prepaid expenses and other assets and operating lease liabilities are included in accounts payable and other accrued liabilities in the Company's consolidated balance sheets.

The Company determines whether an arrangement is a lease at its inception. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the estimated present value of lease payments over the lease term. To determine the present value of lease payments, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate, which it calculates based on information available at the lease commencement date. For certain leases that contain options to extend, the options are included in lease liabilities only if the company is reasonably certain the option will be exercised. Variable lease costs such as parking are expensed in the period the obligation is incurred and are not included in the Company’s operating lease liability. The Company's lease agreements do not contain any residual value guarantees.

Operating lease costs for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were $0.7 million, $0.6 million and $0.6 million, respectively. Operating lease costs are comprised of rental expense for operating leases. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and is included as a component of other underwriting expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

The following tables provide supplementary information about the Company’s leases:

Year ended December 31, 2020

(in thousands)

Operating cash outflows from operating leases

$

842

Right of use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

December 31, 2020

($ in thousands)

Operating lease ROU assets

$

2,274

Operating lease liabilities

$

3,012

Weighted-average remaining lease term-operating leases

3.5

years

Weighted-average discount rate-operating leases

2.1

%

Future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:

Years ending December 31,

(in thousands)

2021

$

879

2022

904

2023

862

2024

478

2025

Total future minimum lease payments

$

3,123

Less: imputed interest

(111)

Total operating lease liability

$

3,012

9. Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

Loss and loss adjustment expenses reserves represent management’s best estimate of the ultimate cost of all reported and unreported losses incurred for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018. The Company does not discount loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. The reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses are

112


estimated using individual case-basis valuations and statistical analyses. Those estimates are subject to the effects of trends in loss severity and frequency.

In addition to case reserves, which are generally based on reported claims, the Company establishes reserves for incurred but not reported claims (“IBNR”). IBNR reserves are developed to provide for (i) the estimated amount of future loss payments on incurred claims not yet reported, and (ii) potential development on reported claims. IBNR reserves are estimated based on generally accepted actuarial reserving techniques that consider quantitative loss experience data and, where appropriate, qualitative factors. With the assistance of an independent, actuarial firm, the Company uses statistical analysis to estimate the cost of losses and loss adjustment expenses related to IBNR. Those estimates are based on historical information, industry information and practices, and estimates of trends that may affect the ultimate frequency of incurred but not reported claims and changes in ultimate claims severity.

The Company regularly reviews its reserve estimates and adjusts them as necessary as experience develops or as new information becomes known. Such adjustments are included in current operations. During the loss settlement period, if there are indications that claims frequency or severity exceeds initial expectations, the Company generally increases its reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses. Conversely, when claims frequency and severity trends are more favorable than initially anticipated, the Company generally reduces its reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses once it has sufficient data to confirm the validity of the favorable trends. Even after such adjustments, the ultimate liability may exceed or be less than the revised estimates. Accordingly, the ultimate settlement of losses and the related loss adjustment expenses may vary significantly from the estimate included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Although considerable variability is inherent in such estimates, management believes the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses are adequate. The estimates are continually reviewed and adjusted as necessary as experience develops or new information becomes known. Any adjustments to estimates are recorded in the current period.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending reserve balances for losses and LAE on a net of reinsurance basis to the gross amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets:

Year Ended December 31, 

    

2020

    

2019

 

2018

(in thousands)

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses net of reinsurance recoverables at beginning of period

$

3,869

$

4,165

$

4,432

Add: Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance, related to:

  

Current year

 

64,179

5,774

8,165

Prior years

 

(64)

(181)

(1,891)

Total incurred

 

64,115

 

5,593

 

6,274

Deduct: Loss and loss adjustment expense payments, net of reinsurance, related to:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Current year

31,879

2,179

4,409

Prior years

1,635

3,710

2,132

Total payments

 

33,514

 

5,889

 

6,541

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expense net of reinsurance recoverables at end of period

 

34,470

 

3,869

 

4,165

Add: Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses at end of period

94,566

12,952

11,896

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses gross of reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses at end of period

$

129,036

$

16,821

$

16,061

The foregoing reconciliation shows loss and loss adjustment expense reserve redundancies of $0.1 million, $0.2 million, and $1.9 million developed in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. During 2020, this favorable reserve development related to lower than anticipated frequency and severity of claims in our homeowners and special property

113


lines of business offset by higher than anticipated frequency and severity of claims in our assumed reinsurance line. During 2019, this favorable reserve development was primarily related to lower than originally anticipated frequency and severity of claims in our homeowners lines of business, offset by higher than originally anticipated frequency and severity of claims in our special property lines of business. During 2018, this favorable reserve development was primarily due to favorable development in our homeowners lines of business due to lower than originally anticipated frequency and severity of claims.

The Company compiles and aggregates its claims data by grouping the claims according to the year in which the claim occurred (“Accident Year”) when analyzing claim payment and emergence patterns and trends over time. For the purpose of defining claims frequency, the number of reported claims is by loss occurrence and includes claims that do not result in a liability or payment associated with them.

The Company analyzed the usefulness of disaggregation of its results and determined the characteristics associated with the policies and the related unpaid loss reserves, incurred losses, and payment patterns are similar in nature. The Company separates its special property and other claim experience from its homeowner claim experience when analyzing losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses incurred and paid development and claim count triangles, as there are distinct differences in the development and claim count emergence patterns as well as methods of IBNR projection. The Special Property classification includes fire, allied lines, inland marine, and earthquake claims.

As such, the following tables show the Company’s historical homeowner and special property incurred and cumulative paid losses and LAE development, net of reinsurance, as well as IBNR loss reserves and the number of reported claims on an aggregate basis as of December 31, 2020 for each of the previous two accident years.

The information provided herein about incurred and paid accident year claims development for the years ended December 31, 2018 and prior is presented as unaudited supplementary information.

Incurred Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses,

Net of Reinsurance Homeowners’ Insurance (in thousands)

As of December 31, 2020

Incurred but

Cumulative

Year Ended December 31, 

Not Reported

Number of

Accident Year

    

2015(1)

    

2016(1)

    

2017(1)

    

2018(1)

    

2019

    

2020

    

Liabilities

    

Claims

2015

$

2,048

$

1,785

$

1,658

$

1,636

$

1,642

$

1,636

$

381

2016

6,069

5,878

5,721

5,636

5,622

1,083

2017

 

  

 

  

 

9,354

 

7,418

 

6,630

 

6,388

 

3

2,973

2018

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

2,193

 

2,008

 

1,930

 

3

789

2019

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

914

 

838

 

98

1,178

2020

19,100

2,995

3,223

Total

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

$

35,514

$

3,099

 

9,627

114


Cumulative Paid Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses,

Net of Reinsurance Homeowners’ Insurance (in thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 

Accident Year

    

2015(1)

    

2016(1)

    

2017(1)

    

2018(1)

    

2019

    

2020

2015

$

860

$

1,379

$

1,523

$

1,615

$

1,634

$

1,636

2016

4,120

5,356

5,585

5,607

5,619

2017

 

  

 

  

 

7,135

 

7,375

 

6,628

 

6,371

2018

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

1,550

 

1,853

 

1,922

2019

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

546

 

685

2020

13,588

Total

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

$

29,821

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expense, net of reinsurance

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

$

5,693

(1)Data presented for these calendar years is required supplementary information, which is unaudited.

Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Claims by Age,

Net of Reinsurance Homeowners’ Insurance (unaudited)

    

Year 1

    

Year 2

    

Year 3

    

Year 4

    

Year 5

    

Year 6

 

Payout percentage

 

75.69

%  

17.95

%  

1.19

%  

0.66

%  

0.69

%  

0.12

%

Incurred Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses,

Net of Reinsurance Special Property Insurance (in thousands)

As of December 31, 2020

Incurred but

Cumulative

Year Ended December 31, 

Not Reported

Number of

Accident Year

    

2015(1)

    

2016(1)

    

2017(1)

    

2018(1)

    

2019

    

2020

    

Liabilities

    

Claims

2015

$

630

$

719

$

671

$

671

$

678

$

677

$

381

2016

1,381

1,249

1,251

1,454

1,453

1,103

2017

 

  

 

  

 

3,071

 

3,475

 

4,014

 

4,264

 

3,068

2018

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

5,970

 

6,095

 

6,009

 

949

2019

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

3,661

 

3,385

 

332

1,339

2020

42,334

9,554

1,240

Total

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

$

58,122

$

9,886

 

8,080

Cumulative Paid Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses,

Net of Reinsurance Special Property Insurance (in thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 

Accident Year

    

2015(1)

    

2016(1)

    

2017(1)

    

2018(1)

    

2019

 

2020

2015

$

265

$

438

$

586

$

626

$

666

$

673

2016

703

1,064

1,216

1,444

1,453

2017

 

  

 

  

 

1,967

 

3,344

 

4,011

 

4,269

2018

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

2,859

 

6,036

 

6,009

2019

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

1,633

 

2,825

2020

18,274

Total

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

33,503

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expense, net of reinsurance

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

24,619


(1)Data presented for these calendar years is required supplementary information, which is unaudited.

115


Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Claims by Age,

Net of Reinsurance Special Property Insurance (unaudited)

    

Year 1

    

Year 2

    

Year 3

    

Year 4

    

Year 5

    

Year 6

 

Payout percentage

 

45.44

%  

34.16

%  

11.88

%  

9.22

%  

3.26

%  

1.03

%

The reconciliation of the net incurred and paid claims development tables to the liability for claims and claim adjustment expenses in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

    

2020

(in thousands)

Net outstanding liabilities:

 

  

Homeowners’ insurance

$

5,693

Special property

24,619

Reinsurance- Nonproportional assumed property(1)

 

4,110

Other

48

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expense, net of reinsurance

 

34,470

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims:

 

  

Homeowners’ insurance

$

14,640

Special property

79,825

Other

 

101

Total reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims

 

94,566

Total reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses

$

129,036

(1)Reflects the Company’s share of Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense related to non-proportional assumed reinsurance business. This amount reflects gross and net reserves related to this treaty and the ultimate incurred amount reflects IBNR only. The Company does not have direct access to individual claim information underlying the assumed quota arrangement. The Company does not use claim frequency information in the determination of loss reserves or for other internal purposes. Based on these considerations, the Company does not believe providing claims frequency information is practicable as it relates to this line of business.

10. Reinsurance

The Company utilizes reinsurance in order to limit its exposure to losses and enable it to underwrite policies with sufficient limits to meet policyholder needs. The Company utilizes both excess of loss (XOL) and quota share reinsurance.

In an XOL treaty, the Company retains losses for any occurrence up to a specified amount (its “retention”) and reinsurers assume any losses above that amount. Historically, the Company has had a retention of between $5 million and $15 million for hurricane and earthquake events. As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s catastrophe event retention is $10 million for all perils and $1 million as a vertical co-participation in selected layers. As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s XOL reinsurance structure provides protection up to $1.4 billion for earthquake events and $600 million for hurricane events.

In a quota share agreement, the Company transfers, or cedes, part or all of its exposure to a reinsurer who receives a portion of the associated premium in exchange. The reinsurer also must share an agreed upon portion of losses and agreed upon portion of the associated commission expense. The Company has quota share reinsurance agreements on several of its lines with the Commercial All Risk and Specialty Homeowners lines currently accounting for the largest amount of ceded written premiums. For Texas Homeowners, a component of Specialty Homeowners, the Company ceded substantially all exposure between June 2018 and June 2019 and ceded a significant portion of exposure thereafter.  Ceded written premium related to the Texas Homeowners line was $14.6 million, $20.4 million and $24.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Ceded written premium related to the Commercial All Risk line was $19.2 million, $19.0 million and $7.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company also began ceding a small portion of its Commercial Earthquake premiums

116


in November 2020, which accounted for approximately $7.1 million in ceded written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2020. No other quota share program accounted for more than 10% of total ceded written premiums for those years.

The Company recognizes ceded unearned premiums related to quota share agreements as an asset on its consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, ceded unearned premiums totaled $35.0 million and $26.1 million, respectively. The increase was driven primarily by premium growth in lines subject to quota shares and the timing at which the Company entered quota share arrangements.

As part of its reinsurance program, in May 2017, the Company obtained catastrophe protection through a reinsurance agreement with Torrey Pines Re Ltd. (“TPRe”). In connection with the reinsurance agreement, TPRe issued notes to unrelated investors in an amount equal to the full $166 million of coverage provided under the reinsurance agreement covering a three-year period, ending May 31, 2020. At the time of the agreement, the Company performed an evaluation of TPRe to determine if it meets the definition of a variable interest entity (“VIE”). The Company concluded that TPRe is a VIE but it does not have a variable interest in the entity, as the variability in results is expected to be absorbed entirely by the investors in TPRe. Accordingly, TPRe is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements. The premium ceded to TPRe for the year ended December 31, 2020 was approximately $5.0 million.

The effect of reinsurance on premiums written and earned and on losses and LAE incurred for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, is as follows:

2020

2019

2018

    

Written

    

Earned

    

Written

    

Earned

    

Written

    

Earned

(in thousands)

Premiums Written and Earned:

 

  

    

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Direct

$

324,253

$

271,887

$

220,568

$

178,536

$

144,821

$

129,071

Assumed

 

30,107

 

29,569

 

31,393

 

21,985

 

10,070

 

8,688

Ceded

 

(155,102)

 

(146,388)

 

(108,332)

 

(100,314)

 

(82,949)

 

(67,862)

Net

$

199,258

$

155,068

$

143,629

$

100,207

$

71,942

$

69,897

2020

    

Losses

    

LAE

    

Total

(in thousands)

Losses and LAE Incurred:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Direct

$

145,774

$

18,777

$

164,551

Assumed

 

3,485

 

159

 

3,644

Ceded

 

(91,969)

 

(12,111)

 

(104,080)

Net

$

57,290

$

6,825

$

64,115

2019

    

Losses

    

LAE

    

Total

(in thousands)

Losses and LAE Incurred:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Direct

$

20,105

$

2,837

$

22,942

Assumed

 

1,201

 

34

 

1,235

Ceded

 

(16,564)

 

(2,020)

 

(18,584)

Net

$

4,742

$

851

$

5,593

117


2018

    

Losses

    

LAE

    

Total

(in thousands)

Losses and LAE Incurred:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Direct

$

12,153

$

2,113

$

14,266

Assumed

 

46

 

6

 

52

Ceded

 

(6,580)

 

(1,464)

 

(8,044)

Net

$

5,619

$

655

$

6,274

The ceding of insurance does not legally discharge the Company from its primary liability for the full amount of the policy coverage, and therefore the Company will be required to pay the loss and bear collection risk if the reinsurer fails to meet its obligations under the reinsurance agreement. To minimize exposure to significant losses from reinsurance insolvencies, the Company evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentrations of credit risk.

To reduce credit exposure to reinsurance recoverable balances, the Company obtains letters of credit from certain reinsurers that are not authorized as reinsurers under U.S. state insurance regulations. In addition, under the terms of its reinsurance contracts, the Company may retain funds due from reinsurers as security for those recoverable balances. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had retained $4.5 million and $1.7 million in funds from reinsurers, respectively. The Company is able to use the funds in the ordinary course of its business. The funds are held in cash and cash equivalents and investments with an offsetting liability on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, reinsurance premiums ceded to the Company’s three largest reinsurers totaled $9.7 million, $8.6 million, and $6.0 million, representing 22.4% of the total balance. For the year ended December 31, 2019, reinsurance premiums ceded to the Company’s three largest reinsurers totaled $21.7 million, $7.5 million, and $4.9 million, representing 31.5% of the total balance. For the year ended December 31, 2018, reinsurance premiums ceded to the Company’s three largest reinsurers totaled $7.5 million, $7.2 million, and $5.2 million, representing 24.0% of the total balance.

At December 31, 2020 reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses by the Company’s three largest reinsurers were $36.0 million, $5.8 million, and $3.1 million representing 42.8% of the total balance. At December 31, 2019 reinsurance recoverables on paid and unpaid losses by the Company’s three largest reinsurers were $2.7 million, $1.9 million, and $1.9 million representing 38.2% of the total balance. All of the Company’s reinsurers post collateral or have an A.M. best rating of A− (excellent) or better.

11. Long-term Debt

Prior to September 2018, the Company had $17.5 million in outstanding surplus notes which had been issued by PSIC on February 3, 2015 for a term of seven years. The surplus notes bore interest at the rate of LIBOR plus 8.00% and had restrictions as to payments of interest and principal and any such payment required the prior approval of the Oregon Insurance Commissioners before such payment could be made. Such payments could only be made from surplus.

In September 2018, the Company completed a private placement financing of $20.0 million floating rate senior secured notes (the “Floating Rate Notes”), bearing interest at the three-month treasury rate plus 6.50% per annum. As part of the financing agreement, the Company immediately used surplus funds to pay down the existing $17.5 million in surplus notes. As part of this pre-payment, the Company incurred a penalty of $0.1 million which, along with unamortized debt issuance costs of $0.4 million, was charged to income in 2018.

The Floating Rate Notes were redeemed pursuant to their terms on May 23, 2019, at a redemption price equal to 102% of the principal amount of the Floating Rate Notes, or $20.4 million (plus $0.3 million of accrued and unpaid interest thereon). The Company recognized a charge of $1.3 million upon redemption with $0.4 million due to the redemption premium and $0.9 million due to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs. The $0.4 million

118


redemption premium was recognized as a component of interest expense and the $0.9 million issuance cost write-off was recognized as a component of other underwriting expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

The Company incurred $1.1 million in interest expense related to the Floating Rate Notes for the year ended December 31, 2019 (inclusive of the $0.4 million redemption premium) and $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and paid $1.2 million and $0.5 million for each period, respectively. The Company incurred and paid $1.2 million in interest expense related to the surplus notes for the year ended December 31, 2018.

12. Stockholders’ Equity

As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company has 5,000,000 preferred shares authorized with a par value of $0.0001 and no preferred shares issued and outstanding. As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company has 500,000,000 common shares authorized and 25,525,796 and 23,468,750 common shares issued and outstanding, respectively, with a par value of $0.0001. Additional paid in capital is $310.5 million as of December 31, 2020 and $180.0 million as of December 31, 2019.

In March 2019, the Company made a one-time cash distribution totaling approximately $5.1 million to its then-sole stockholder, GC Palomar Investor LP, enabling it to distribute funds to its partners in order to allow such partners to satisfy tax obligations incurred as a result of the Domestication transactions.

On April 22, 2019, the Company completed its IPO with the sale of 6,468,750 shares of common stock at a price to the public of $15.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $87.4 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering costs.

On January 9, 2020, the Company sold 750,000 shares of common stock to the public at a price of $49.00 per share (along with 5,000,000 shares sold by existing stockholders) in an underwritten public offering. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $35.5 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering costs.

On June 26, 2020, the Company sold 1,150,000 shares of common stock to the public at a price of $82.00 per share in an underwritten public offering. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $90.1 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering costs.

Common stock reserved for future issuance consists of the following as of December 31, 2020:

Stock options outstanding under 2019 Equity Incentive Plan

1,008,648

Restricted stock units outstanding under 2019 Equity Incentive Plan

14,734

Shares authorized for future issuance under 2019 Equity Incentive Plan

1,952,001

Shares authorized for future issuance under 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

451,633

Total

3,427,016

The below table summarizes the Company’s stock-based compensation expense for each period presented:

Year ended December 31, 

2020

    

2019

    

2018

(in thousands)

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

$

2,167

$

24,103

$

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of awards. The Company does not apply a forfeiture rate to unvested awards and accounts for forfeitures as they occur. All stock-based

119


compensation is included in other underwriting expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

The Company recognized approximately $23.0 million of stock-based compensation expense in March 2019 relating to the modification of its 2014 Management Incentive Plan. The Company began recognizing stock-based compensation expense relating to its 2019 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan upon their inception and initial equity grants in April 2019. Aside from the aforementioned $23.0 million charge, all stock-based compensation expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 relates to the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan and 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Management Incentive Plan prior to IPO

The Company’s former parent, GC Palomar Investor LP, adopted a 2014 Management Incentive Plan (in the form of profits interests) on February 12, 2014 under which certain officers and employees of PSIC and its affiliates were entitled to Class P Units in GC Palomar Investor LP. Class P unit holders were expected to realize value only upon the occurrence of liquidity events meeting requisite financial thresholds after the Class A unit holders recovered their investment. The Class P unit holders had no voting rights. The Company did not record stock-based compensation expense related to this plan prior to 2019 because no liquidity events were probable of occurring.

On March 15, 2019, the Company modified its 2014 Management Incentive Plan by eliminating the requirement of a liquidity event to occur for the holders of its Class P units to realize value. The 12,552,825 Class P units outstanding were modified such that the vesting of each Class P unit holder’s awards was accelerated and their Class P distribution percentages were determined and distributed based on these percentages. This modification resulted in a stock compensation charge and corresponding increase to additional paid in capital of $23.0 million during the quarter ending March 31, 2019. The stock compensation charge is included in other underwriting expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

2019 Equity Incentive Plan

On April 16, 2019, the Company’s 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (“the 2019 Plan”) became effective. The 2019 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance shares and units, and other cash-based or share-based awards. In addition, the 2019 Plan contains a mechanism through which the Company may adopt a deferred compensation arrangement in the future.

A total of 2,400,000 shares of common stock are initially authorized and reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan. This reserve increases on January 1 of each year through 2029, by an amount equal to the smaller of: 3% of the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or an amount determined by the board of directors.

Stock Options

Recipients of stock options can purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a price equal to the stock’s fair market value on the grant date, determined by the closing price of the Company's common stock on the grant date. Stock options vest over a two or four year period with 25% or 50% vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remainder vesting monthly over the remaining period, subject to continued service to the Company. Stock options expire ten years after the grant date.

120


The following table summarizes stock option transactions for the year ended December 31, 2020:

Weighted average

remaining

Aggregate

Number of

Weighted-average

contractual term

intrinsic value

    

shares

    

exercise price

    

(in years)

    

(in thousands)

Outstanding at January 1, 2020

1,046,373

$

17.05

9.33

$

35,039

Options granted

109,374

80.90

Options exercised

(122,613)

16.65

Options canceled

(24,486)

21.46

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

1,008,648

$

23.92

8.43

$

66,028

Vested and Exercisable at December 31, 2020

522,464

$

15.78

8.29

$

38,170

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $7.7 million. No options were exercised prior to 2020. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had approximately $3.7 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.27 years.

The fair value of each option granted was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions in each year presented:

Year ended December 31, 

2020

    

2019

    

2018

(in thousands)

Risk free rate of return (1)

0.32% - 1.52%

1.59% - 2.45%

Expected share price volatility (2)

18.13% - 25.67%

18.12% - 18.45%

Expected life in years (3)

5.63-6.08

5.64-6.08

Dividend yield (4)

0%

0%


(1)Determined based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of the grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the options.
(2)Determined based on analysis of the historical volatility of a peer group of publicly traded companies.
(3)Determined using the “simplified method” for estimating the expected option life, which is the average of the weighted-average vesting period and contractual term of the option as the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term due to the limited period of time its common stock has been publicly traded.
(4)Determined to be zero as the Company does not currently plan to issue dividends.

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock units are valued on their grant date and generally vest either on the first anniversary of the grant date or over a three-year period with one third vesting on each anniversary date, subject to continued service with the Company. The fair value of RSUs is determined using the closing price of the Company's common stock on the grant date.

121


The following table summarizes RSU transactions for the year ended December 31, 2020:

Weighted-average

Number of

grant date

    

shares

    

fair value

Non vested outstanding at January 1, 2020

6,066

$

16.49

Granted

14,734

95.86

Vested

(6,066)

16.49

Forfeited

Non vested outstanding at December 31, 2020

14,734

$

95.86

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had approximately $1.2 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to RSUs expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.41 years.

2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On April 16, 2019, the Company's 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“the 2019 ESPP”) became effective. A total of 240,000 shares of common stock are initially authorized and reserved for issuance under the 2019 ESPP. In addition, the 2019 ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance on January 1 of each year through 2029, equal to the smaller of 240,000 shares of the Company’s common stock or such other amount as may be determined by the board of directors.

Under the 2019 ESPP, employees can purchase Company stock at a discount via payroll withholdings. The 2019 ESPP is administered through employee participation in discrete offering periods. During each discrete offering period employee funds are withheld, and the stock purchase occurs upon the conclusion of the offering period. The Company issued 28,367 shares pursuant to the ESPP during the year ended December 31, 2020.

13. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) are as follows:

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2020

    

2019

 

2018

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance as of January 1

$

4,686

$

(563)

$

2,993

Effect of equity accounting guidance adoption

 

 

 

(3,215)

Beginning Balance

 

4,686

 

(563)

 

(222)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification

 

11,292

6,555

(740)

Federal income tax (expense) benefit

 

(2,371)

(1,344)

76

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification, net of tax

 

8,921

 

5,211

 

(664)

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

(456)

47

399

Federal income tax expense (benefit)

 

95

(9)

(76)

Amounts reclassified from AOCI, net of tax

 

(361)

 

38

 

323

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

8,560

 

5,249

 

(341)

Balance at end of period

$

13,246

$

4,686

$

(563)

122


14. Underwriting Information

The Company has a single reportable segment and offers primarily earthquake, wind, and flood insurance products. Gross written premiums (“GWP”) by product are presented below:

Year Ended December 31, 

 

2020

2019

 

2018

 

($ in thousands)

 

% of

% of

 

% of

 

Amount

GWP

Amount

GWP

 

Amount

GWP

 

Product

    

  

    

  

    

  

    

  

  

    

  

Residential Earthquake

$

140,934

39.8

%  

$

130,473

51.8

%

$

81,679

52.7

%

Commercial Earthquake

 

58,890

16.6

%  

 

38,741

15.4

%

 

20,946

13.5

%

Commercial All Risk

 

53,933

15.2

%  

 

30,358

12.0

%

 

14,338

9.3

%

Specialty Homeowners

 

49,849

14.1

%  

 

32,788

13.0

%

 

27,680

17.9

%

Inland Marine

15,423

4.3

%  

2,465

1.0

%

%

Hawaii Hurricane

 

13,824

3.9

%  

 

10,764

4.3

%

 

8,128

5.2

%

Residential Flood

 

8,176

2.3

%  

 

5,216

2.1

%

 

2,120

1.4

%

Other

13,331

3.8

%  

1,156

0.4

%

%

Total Gross Written Premiums

$

354,360

 

100.0

%  

$

251,961

 

100.0

%

$

154,891

 

100.0

%

Gross written premiums by state are as follows:

Year Ended December 31, 

 

2020

2019

 

2018

 

($ in thousands)

 

% of

% of

 

% of

 

Amount

GWP

Amount

GWP

 

Amount

GWP

 

State

    

  

    

  

    

  

    

  

  

    

  

California

$

172,765

48.8

%  

$

141,743

56.3

%

$

82,119

 

53.0

%

Texas

67,974

19.2

%  

44,087

17.5

%

32,568

21.0

%

Hawaii

16,398

4.6

%  

11,851

4.7

%

8,128

5.2

%

Washington

14,328

4.0

%  

9,607

3.8

%

 

5,658

 

3.7

%

North Carolina

 

11,143

3.1

%  

 

3,894

 

1.5

%

 

1,568

 

1.0

%

Oregon

10,038

2.8

%  

7,396

2.9

%

 

5,286

 

3.4

%

South Carolina

 

9,196

2.6

%  

 

6,185

 

2.5

%

 

3,208

 

2.1

%

Mississippi

 

7,461

2.1

%  

 

4,769

 

1.9

%

2,585

1.7

%

Other

 

45,057

12.8

%  

 

22,429

 

8.9

%

 

13,771

8.9

%

Total Gross Written Premiums

$

354,360

 

100.0

%  

$

251,961

 

100.0

%

$

154,891

 

100.0

%

The Company distributes a significant portion of its Residential Earthquake, Commercial Earthquake, Specialty Homeowners and Hawaii Hurricane products through longstanding relationships with two program administrators. Each of the four products managed by the program administrators operates as a separate program that is governed by an independent, separately negotiated agreement with unique terms and conditions, including geographic scope, key men provisions, economics and exclusivity. These programs also feature separate managerial oversight and leadership, policy administration systems and retail agents originating policies. In total, these four products accounted for $191.3 million or 54.0% of the Company’s gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2020, $148.6 million or 59.0% of the Company’s gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2019 and $104.9 million or 67.7% of the Company’s gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2018.

123


15. Retirement and Post-Employment Retirement Plans

For employees meeting certain eligibility requirements, the Company provides a defined contribution retirement plan under IRC Section 401(k). Under a safe-harbor plan, the Company contributes 3% of each participant’s gross wages regardless of the employee’s contribution. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 the Company’s contributions to the plan were $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

16. Income Taxes

Prior to March 2019, the Company was a Cayman Islands incorporated holding company with U.K. tax residency. On March 14, 2019, the Company implemented a domestication (“the Domestication”) pursuant to Section 388 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and Section 206 of the Companies Law (2018 Revision), as amended, of the Cayman Islands pursuant to which it became a Delaware corporation and no longer subject to the laws of the Cayman Islands.

Historically, the Company’s Bermuda based subsidiary, PSRE, was not required to pay any taxes on its income or capital gains but was subject to a 1% U.S. federal excise tax on reinsurance premiums assumed. The Company has elected for PSRE to be taxed as a U.S. domestic corporation under Section 953(d) of the Code effective January 1, 2019.

The components of the Company’s federal income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:

December 31, 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

(in thousands)

Current

$

(1,128)

$

6,810

$

(6)

Deferred

 

1,094

 

646

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

$

(34)

$

7,456

$

(6)

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

December 31, 

    

2020

    

2019

(in thousands)

Deferred tax assets:

 

  

 

  

Losses and LAE reserve discount

$

238

$

10

Net operating losses

 

680

 

74

Investment amortization

 

 

85

Unearned premiums

 

6,272

 

3,748

Capitalized organizational costs

 

244

 

274

Deferred compensation

 

511

 

Other

 

652

 

390

Total deferred tax assets

$

8,597

$

4,581

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

  

 

  

Deferred acquisition costs

$

(7,454)

$

(4,468)

Unrealized gains on investments

 

(3,884)

 

(1,396)

Internally developed software

(1,283)

(640)

Other

 

(672)

 

(2)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(13,293)

 

(6,506)

Net deferred tax liability before valuation allowance

 

(4,696)

 

(1,925)

Valuation allowance

 

(680)

 

(74)

Total net deferred tax liabilities

$

(5,376)

$

(1,999)

124


The valuation allowance shown above relates to deferred tax assets associated with state net operating loss carryforwards. These carryforwards do not meet the “more likely than not” criteria under ASC 740, Income Taxes due to the limited carryforward period. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period change or if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present.

The following is a reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate for the tax years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

Years Ended December 31,

 

2020

2019

2018

 

($ in thousands)

 

Expense computed at federal tax rate

    

$

1,321

21.00

%  

$

3,802

    

21.00

%  

$

3,825

    

21.00

%

Non‑U.S. group member income

 

%  

 

 

%  

 

(4,409)

 

(24.21)

%

Stock-based compensation

 

(1,538)

(24.44)

%  

 

4,822

 

26.63

%  

 

 

%

Dividend received deduction and tax‑exempt interest

 

(67)

(1.06)

%  

 

(36)

 

(0.20)

%  

 

(144)

 

(0.79)

%

Valuation allowance

 

606

9.63

%  

 

(1,677)

 

(9.27)

%  

 

678

 

3.72

%

Other

 

(356)

(5.67)

%  

 

545

 

3.01

%  

 

44

 

0.24

%

Income tax expense (benefit)

$

(34)

 

(0.54)

%  

$

7,456

 

41.17

%  

$

(6)

 

(0.04)

%

The stock-based compensation difference shown above relates primarily to the permanent component of employee stock option exercises for the year ended December 31, 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2019, this difference relates primarily to a non-deductible stock compensation charge of $23.1 million incurred by the Company in March 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company increased its valuation allowance relating to deferred tax assets associated with state net operating losses. The Company reversed the valuation allowance on its U.S. tax attributes during the year ended December 31, 2019 because of Domestication in the United States and projected future operating income in the U.S.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had no uncertain tax positions that required either recognition or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements. This is not expected to change significantly during the next twelve months. The Company classifies interest and penalties, if any, related to the liability for unrecognized tax benefits as a component of the provision for income taxes. The Company’s income tax returns for 2015 through 2019 remain subject to examination by the tax authorities.

17. Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of earnings per share of common stock:

Year ended December 31, 

    

2020

    

2019

 

2018

 

(in thousands, except shares and per share data)

Net income

$

6,257

$

10,621

$

18,219

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic

 

24,872,251

 

21,501,541

 

17,000,000

Common Share equivalents

726,396

333,393

Diluted

25,598,647

21,834,934

17,000,000

Earnings per share:

Basic

$

0.25

$

0.49

$

1.07

Diluted

$

0.24

$

0.49

$

1.07

Common share equivalents relate to outstanding stock options and RSUs under the 2019 Plan and unpurchased shares under the 2019 ESPP and are calculated using the treasury stock method.

125


18. Statutory financial information

U.S.

U.S. state insurance laws and regulations prescribe accounting practices for determining statutory net income and capital and surplus for insurance companies. In addition, state regulators may permit statutory accounting practices that differ from prescribed practices. Statutory accounting practices (“SAP”) prescribed or permitted by regulatory authorities for the Company’s insurance subsidiaries differ from U.S. GAAP. The principal differences between SAP and GAAP as they relate to the financial statements of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries are (a) policy acquisition costs are expensed as incurred under SAP, whereas they are deferred and amortized under GAAP, (b) certain assets are not admitted for purposes of determining surplus under SAP, (c) investments in fixed income securities are carried at fair value under GAAP whereas such securities are carried at amortized cost under SAP, and (d) the criteria for recognizing net DTAs and the methodologies used to determine such amounts are different under SAP and GAAP.

Combined statutory net income and statutory capital surplus for the U.S. insurance subsidiaries, PSIC and PESIC as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and for the years then ended are summarized as follows:

December 31, 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

(in thousands)

Statutory net income (loss)

$

1,753

$

(17,911)

$

9,609

Statutory capital and surplus

 

213,721

 

116,296

 

63,731

Risk-Based Capital (“RBC”) requirements promulgated by the NAIC require property/casualty insurers to maintain minimum capitalization levels determined based on formulas incorporating various business risks of the insurance subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the company’s capital and surplus exceeds its authorized control level.

Bermuda

Under the Bermuda Insurance Act, 1978 and related regulations, PSRE is required to maintain certain solvency and liquidity levels. The minimum statutory solvency margin required at December 31, 2020 and 2019 was approximately $1.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively. Actual statutory capital and surplus at December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $39.2 million and $38.3 million, respectively. PSRE had statutory net income of $0.9 million, $18.5 million and $17.3 million for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

PSRE had stockholder’s equity of $41.9 million and $39.7 million on a GAAP basis at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The principal difference between statutory capital and surplus and stockholder’s equity presented in accordance with GAAP are prepaid expenses, which are non-admitted assets for Bermuda statutory purposes.

PSRE maintains a Class 3A license and thus must maintain a minimum liquidity ratio in which the value of its relevant assets is not less than 75.0% of the amount of its relevant liabilities for general business. Relevant assets include cash and cash equivalents, fixed maturity securities, accrued interest income, premiums receivable, losses recoverable from reinsurers, and funds withheld. The relevant liabilities include total general business insurance reserves and total other liabilities, less sundry liabilities. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company met the minimum liquidity ratio requirement.

126


19. Dividend Restrictions

U.S.

The Company’s U.S. insurance company subsidiaries, PSIC and PESIC are restricted by the statutes as to the amount of dividends that they may pay without prior approval by state insurance commissioners.

Under California and Oregon statute which govern PSIC, dividends paid in a consecutive twelve month period cannot exceed the greater of (i) 10% of an insurance company’s statutory policyholders’ surplus as of December 31 of the preceding year or (ii) 100% of its statutory net income for the preceding calendar year. Any dividends or distributions in excess of these amounts would require regulatory approval. In addition, under Oregon statute, PSIC may only declare a dividend from earned surplus, which does not include contributed capital. Surplus arising from unrealized capital gains or revaluation of assets is not considered part of earned surplus. Based on the above restrictions, PSIC may pay a dividend or distribution of no greater than $11.3 million in 2021 without approval by the California and Oregon Insurance Commissioners.

Under Arizona statute with governs PESIC, dividends paid in a consecutive twelve month period cannot exceed the lesser of (i) 10% of an insurance company’s statutory policyholders’ surplus as of December 31 of the preceding year or (ii) 100% of its statutory net income for the preceding calendar year. As such, PESIC is unable to pay a dividend or distribution in 2021 without the approval of the Arizona Insurance Commissioner as it had a statutory net loss in 2020.

In addition to the above limitations, any dividend or distribution declared is also subject to state regulatory approval prior to payment. In the future, state insurance regulatory authorities may adopt statutory provisions and dividend limitations more restrictive than those currently in effect.

Bermuda

Bermuda regulations limit the amount of dividends and return of capital paid by a regulated entity. A Class 3A insurer is prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if it is in breach of its minimum solvency margin, its enhanced capital requirement, or its minimum liquidity ratio, or if the declaration or payment of such dividend would cause such a breach, or if there are reasonable grounds for believing there has been such a breach. Pursuant to Bermuda regulations, the maximum amount of dividends and return of capital available to be paid by a reinsurer is determined pursuant to a formula. Under this formula, the maximum amount of dividends and return of capital available to the Company from PSRE during 2021 is calculated to be approximately $10.5 million. However, this dividend amount is subject to annual enhanced solvency requirement calculations.

20. Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

The Company is subject to legal proceedings arising from the normal conduct of its business. In the opinion of management, any ultimate liability that may arise from these proceedings will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position.

Letters of Credit

As of December 31, 2020, the Company has three irrevocable standby letters of credit for the benefit of ceding insurance companies to secure the unearned premium assumed by PSIC. The bank letters of credit amount to $1.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million. The $1.5 million and $0.4 million letters of credit expire December 31, 2021 with no renewal terms. The $0.4 million letter of credit auto renews each year. The letters of credit are collateralized by $3.2 million of U.S. Treasury bonds which are included in available-for-sale investments on the consolidated balance sheets.

127


21. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

The following is a summary of the Company’s unaudited quarterly results of operations:

2020 Quarter

2020

First

Second

Third

Fourth

Year

($ in thousands, except per share data)

Gross written premiums

$

71,494

$

83,807

$

102,967

$

96,092

$

354,360

Total revenues (1)

 

38,019

43,149

 

44,998

 

42,295

 

168,463

Net income (loss)

 

11,776

12,012

 

(15,682)

 

(1,849)

 

6,257

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

5,943

22,688

 

(14,773)

 

959

 

14,817

Earnings per share (2):

 

Basic

$

0.49

$

0.49

$

(0.62)

$

(0.07)

$

0.25

Diluted

$

0.48

$

0.48

$

(0.62)

$

(0.07)

$

0.24

2019 Quarter

2019

First

Second

Third

Fourth

Year

($ in thousands, except per share data)

Gross written premiums

$

54,031

$

58,346

$

66,242

$

73,342

$

251,961

Total revenues

 

22,307

25,905

 

30,461

 

34,623

 

113,296

Net income (loss)

 

(14,411)

6,698

 

7,454

 

10,880

 

10,621

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

(12,224)

9,996

 

8,428

 

9,670

 

15,870

Earnings per share (2):

 

Basic

$

(0.85)

$

0.30

$

0.32

$

0.46

$

0.49

Diluted

$

(0.85)

$

0.30

$

0.31

$

0.45

$

0.49

(1)Due to rounding differences, quarterly total revenues does not add up to the yearly total.

(2) Due to differences in weighted-average common shares outstanding between periods, quarterly earnings per share may not add up to the totals reported for the full year.

128


Schedule II

Palomar Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Balance Sheets (Parent Company)

(In Thousands, except shares and par value data)

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

2020

2019

Assets

 

  

 

  

Investments:

Fixed maturity securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost: $50,177 in 2020, $28,413 in 2019)

$

51,252

$

29,120

Equity securities, at fair value: (cost: $1,661 in 2020, $1,661 in 2019)

 

1,727

 

1,696

Total investments

 

52,979

 

30,816

Cash and cash equivalents

 

7,290

 

1,654

Accrued investment income

 

300

 

126

Prepaid expenses and other assets

7,322

36

Receivables from subsidiaries

1,552

Investment in subsidiaries

 

317,663

 

189,313

Total assets

$

387,106

$

221,945

Liabilities and Stockholders' equity

 

  

 

  

Liabilities:

Accounts payable and other liabilities

$

94

$

268

Payables to subsidiaries

17,923

Federal income tax payable

1,122

Deferred tax liabilities

5,376

1,999

Total liabilities

 

23,393

 

3,389

Stockholders' equity:

 

  

 

  

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 25,525,796 and 23,468,750 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively

3

2

Additional paid‑in capital

 

310,507

 

180,012

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

13,246

 

4,686

Retained earnings

 

39,957

 

33,856

Total stockholders' equity

 

363,713

 

218,556

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$

387,106

$

221,945

See accompanying notes.

129


Schedule II

Palomar Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Statements of Income (Parent Company)

(In Thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

Revenues:

Net investment income

$

939

 

$

1,039

 

$

61

Net realized and unrealized losses on investments

 

63

 

131

 

(2)

Total revenues

1,002

1,170

59

Expenses:

Other operating expenses

8,696

8

Income (loss) before income taxes

(7,694)

1,162

59

Income tax expense (benefit)

(34)

7,441

Income (loss) before equity in net income of subsidiaries

 

(7,660)

 

(6,279)

 

59

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

 

13,917

 

16,900

 

18,160

Net income

6,257

 

10,621

 

18,219

Other comprehensive income:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net unrealized losses on securities available for sale

 

1,075

 

708

 

(87)

Equity in other comprehensive income of subsidiaries, net of taxes

 

7,485

 

4,541

 

(254)

Total comprehensive income

$

14,817

$

15,870

$

17,878

See accompanying notes.

130


Schedule II

Palomar Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Statements of Cash Flows (Parent Company)

(In Thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 

    

2020

2019

    

2018

Operating activities

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net income

$

6,257

$

10,621

$

18,219

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

  

 

  

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

(13,917)

 

(16,900)

 

(18,160)

Net realized and unrealized losses on investments

 

(63)

 

(131)

 

2

Amortization of premium on fixed maturity securities

350

114

Deferred income tax expense

1,094

646

Other

 

 

 

546

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

7,772

 

4,218

 

(67)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

1,493

 

(1,432)

 

540

Investing activities

 

  

 

  

 

  

Purchases of fixed maturity securities

(71,048)

(73,901)

Sales and maturities of fixed maturity securities

 

6,651

13,930

Cash paid to subsidiaries

(59,789)

Cash received from subsidiaries

226

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(124,186)

 

(59,745)

 

Financing activities

 

  

 

  

 

  

Proceeds from initial public offering, net of offering costs

87,411

Distribution to stockholder

(5,120)

Redemption of Floating Rate Notes

(20,000)

Proceeds from January 2020 stock offering, net of offering costs

35,464

Proceeds from June 2020 stock offering, net of offering costs

90,083

Proceeds from common stock issued via equity incentive plans

2,782

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

128,329

 

62,291

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

5,636

 

1,114

 

540

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

1,654

 

540

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$

7,290

$

1,654

$

540

Supplementary cash flow information:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Cash paid for income taxes

$

7,182

$

5,645

$

See accompanying notes.

131


Schedule II

1.Accounting Policies

Organization

Palomar Holdings, Inc. (“the Company”), is an insurance holding company that domesticated in Delaware in March 2019. Prior to domestication in Delaware, the Company was known as GC Palomar Holdings (“GCPH”), which was a Cayman Islands incorporated insurance holding company formed on October 4, 2013 when GC Palomar Investor LP (“GCPI”) acquired control of GCPH.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed financial statements have been prepared using the equity method. Under the equity method, the investment in consolidated subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of consolidated subsidiaries since the date of acquisition. These condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Estimates and Assumptions

Preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying disclosures. Those estimates are inherently subject to change, and actual results may ultimately differ from those estimates.

132


Schedule V

Palomar Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

    

Additions

Deductions

    

Balance at

Amounts

Amounts

Balance at

Beginning

Charged to

Written

End of

(in thousands)

    

of Period

    

Expense

    

Off

    

Period

Year Ended December 31, 2020

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Valuation Allowance for deferred tax assets

$

74

$

606

$

$

680

Valuation Allowance for premium receivable

150

53

203

Year Ended December 31, 2019

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Valuation Allowance for deferred tax assets

$

1,677

$

$

(1,603)

$

74

133


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, evaluated, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that as of December 31, 2020, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and our management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

    (i)    Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

    (ii)    Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

    (iii)    Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. In making this assessment, management used the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of our internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the audit committee of our board of directors.

Based on that assessment under the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013), management concluded that the company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2020. Pursuant to Section 404(c) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation

134


report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the year ended December 31, 2020, which is included above.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2020 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement with respect to our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement with respect to our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement with respect to our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transaction and Director Independence

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement with respect to our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement with respect to our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

135


PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) (1) and (2) Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules- All financial statement schedules are filed as part of this report under Item 8- Financial Statements.

(3) Exhibits

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Description

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on March 15, 2019).

3.2

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on March 15, 2019).

3.3

Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on April 1, 2019).

4.1

Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on April 8, 2019).

4.2

Description of the Registrant’s Securities

10.1+

2019 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on March 15, 2019).

10.2+

2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on March 15, 2019).

10.3+

Employment Agreement, dated April 10, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Mac Armstrong as amended by that certain First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated March 5, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Mac Armstrong (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on March 15, 2019).

10.4+

Employment Agreement, dated April 15, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Heath Fisher as amended by that certain First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated March 1, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Heath Fisher (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on March 15, 2019).

10.5+

Employment Agreement, dated April 10, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Jon Christianson as amended by that certain First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated March 5, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Jon Christianson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on March 15, 2019).

10.6+

Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on March 15, 2019).

10.7†

Program Administrator Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2014 (as amended by that certain First Amendment to Program Administrator Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2014, that certain Second Amendment to Program Administrator Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2016, that certain Third Amendment to Program Administrator Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2018 and that certain Second Amendment to Schedule H of the Program Administrator Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2018), by and between Palomar Specialty Insurance Company and Arrowhead General Insurance Agency, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on April 8, 2019).

10.8+

Form of Notice of Grant of Performance Stock Units under 2019 Equity Incentive Plan

136


Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Description

10.9+

Form of Performance Stock Units Agreement under 2019 Equity Incentive Plan

21.1

List of subsidiaries of the Company

23.1

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

31.1

Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2

Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1*

Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document.

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.


+     Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

†     Portions of this exhibit have been redacted in compliance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(10).

*

This certification is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

137


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 9, 2021.

Palomar Holdings, Inc.

By:

/s/ Mac Armstrong

Mac Armstrong
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Mac Armstrong

Mac Armstrong

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

March 9, 2021

/s/ T. Christopher Uchida

T. Christopher Uchida

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 9, 2021

/s/ Daryl Bradley

Daryl Bradley

Director

March 9, 2021

/s/ Robert E. Dowdell

Robert E. Dowdell

Director

March 9, 2021

/s/ Catriona M. Fallon

Catriona M. Fallon

Director

March 9, 2021

/s/ Martha Notaras

Martha Notaras

Director

March 9, 2021

/s/ Richard H. Taketa

Richard H. Taketa

Director

March 9, 2021

138